Engineering Drawing Standards Manual

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 128

GSFC X-673-64-1F

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

August 1994

S AND SPA C I C UT

M AD

AERO N

INISTRA TIO

AL ON I T

U. S. A.

NA

X-673-64-1F
Supersedes GSFC X-673-64-1E/July 1991

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL


Mechanical Engineering Branch Goddard Space Flight Center Greenbelt, Maryland

August 1994

AND SPA ICS C T U

M AD

AL AERON

INISTRA TIO

ON TI

U. S. A.

National Aeronautics and Space Administration Goddard Space Flight Center Greenbelt, Maryland 20771 1994

NA

DESCRIPTION OF REVISION T h i s r e v i s i o n , w h i c h s u p e r s e d e s t h e G o d d ar d S p a c e F l i g h t C e n t e r ( G S F C ) S t a n d a r d X-673-64-1E, Engineering Drawing Standards Manual, is intended to update and reflect t h e l a t e s t f o r ma t s a n d s t a n d a r d s a d o p t e d b y G S F C . T h e f o l l o w i n g i s a s u mma r y o f t h e p r i n c i p a l c h a n g e s a n d i mp r o v e me n t s i n c o r p o r a t e d i n this issue: a. A d d i t i o n o f C o mp o s i t e Ma t e r i a l D r a w i n g d e f i n i t i o n .

b . C h a n g i n g o f t h e s i g n a t u r e t o a p r i n t e d n a me i n T i t l e b l o c k s . c. N e w e x a mp l e o f t h e M e t r i c D r a w i n g s f o r ma t a n d t o l e r a n c e p r e s e n t a t i o n .

d . I mp r o v e d p l a c e me n t o f v i e w s o n T y p e s o f D r a w i n g s s a mp l e s t o p r e v e n t u n n e c e s s a r y rework of drawings at a later date. e. f. N e w E n g i n e e r i n g O r d e r ( E O ) f o r ms a d d e d ; o l d E O f o r ms w i l l b e p h a s e d o u t . A d d i t i o n a l n o t e s o n v a r i o u s t o p i c s a d d e d t o N o t e E x a mp l e s s e c t i o n .

g . D e l e t i o n o f mic r o f i l mi n g r eq u i r e me n t s f o r d r a w i n g f o r ma t . h. Flow chart for flight projects redefined.

iii

iv

PREFACE The GSFC Engineering Drawing Standards Manual is the official source for the r e q u i r e me n t s a n d i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s t o b e u s e d i n t h e d e v e l o p me n t a n d p r e s e n t a t i o n o f e n g i n e e r i n g d r a w i n g s a n d r e l a t e d d o c u me n t a t i o n f o r t h e G S F C . T h e M e c h a n i c a l E n g i n e e r i n g B r a n c h , M e c h a n i c a l S y s t e ms D iv i s i o n , h a s b e e n d e l e g a t e d t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , p e r i o d ic u p d a t e s , a n d d i s t r ib u t i o n o f t h e G S F C Engineering Drawing Standards Manual. All Engineering Directorate design organizations and their contractors shall adhere to the r e q u i r e me n t s o f t h i s ma n u a l w h e n p r e p a r i n g G S F C e n g i n e e r i n g d o c u me n t a t i o n f o r f l i g h t h a r d w a r e a n d g r o u n d s u p p o r t s y s t e ms . C o mme n t s o r i n q u i r i e s c o n c e r n i n g t h i s ma n u a l s h o u l d b e d i r e c t e d t o t h e M e c h a n i c a l Engineering Branch, Code 722.

D r . A l l a n S h e r ma n Director of Engineering

vi

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

vii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 1 1. DRAWING ELEMENTS .......................................................................................... 3 1.1. Drawing Sizes ................................................................................................. 3 1.2. Multisheet Drawings ........................................................................................ 3 1.3. Zoning ............................................................................................................ 4 1 . 4 . T i t l e B l o c k an d R e v i s i o n B l o c k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 . 5 . D r a w i n g F o r ma t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 2. NOMENCLATURE ................................................................................................ 11 2.1. Drawing Title ................................................................................................. 11 2.2. Abbreviations ................................................................................................. 12 2.3. List of Material .............................................................................................. 14 2 . 3 . 1 . R e q u i r e me n t s o n t h e B o d y o f t h e D r a w i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 2 . 3 . 2 . R e q u i r e me n t s i n t h e L i s t o f M a t e r i a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 2.4. Notes on Drawings .......................................................................................... 15 2.4.1. Security Classification ........................................................................... 15 2.4.2. Note Location........................................................................................ 15 2 . 4 . 3 . N u mb e r i n g o f N o t e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 2 . 4 . 4 . N o t e E x a mp l e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 2 . 4 . 4 . 1 . D i me n s i o n N o t e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 2.4.4.2. Heat Treating Notes.................................................................... 17 2.4.4.3. Joining Method Notes (welding, brazing, etc.) ............................... 18 2.4.4.4. Plating and Coating Notes ........................................................... 18 2.4.4.5. Surface Preparation Notes ........................................................... 19 2.4.4.6. Testing and Inspection Notes ....................................................... 20 2.4.4.7. Threaded Inserts Cleaning and Installation Notes ....................... 20 2.4.4.8. Miscellaneous Notes ................................................................... 21 2 . 4 . 4 . 9 . I n f o r ma t i o n a l N o t e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3 2.4.5. Local Character Notes ............................................................................ 23 2 . 4 . 6 . G e n e r a l D i me n s i o n a l T o l e r a n c e N o t e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3 2.5. Specification Callouts ..................................................................................... 23 3. DRAFTING PRACTICES ....................................................................................... 25 3.1. General .......................................................................................................... 25 3.2. Lines ............................................................................................................. 25 3.2.1. Ink Lines and Plotted Lines .................................................................... 25 3.2.2. Pencil Lines .......................................................................................... 27 3.2.3. Types of Lines....................................................................................... 27 3.2.3.1. Center Lines .............................................................................. 27 3 . 2 . 3 . 2 . D i me n s i o n L i n e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 8 3.2.3.3. Leaders ..................................................................................... 28 3.2.3.4. Break Lines ............................................................................... 28 3.2.3.5. Phantom Lines ........................................................................... 29 3.2.3.6. Sectioning Lines ........................................................................ 29 3.2.3.7. Extension Lines ......................................................................... 30 3.2.3.8. Hidden Lines ............................................................................. 30 3.2.3.9. Stitch Lines ............................................................................... 30 3.2.3.10. Outlines or Visible Lines........................................................... 30 3.2.3.11. Datum Lines ............................................................................ 30 3 . 2 . 3 . 1 2 . C u t t i n g - P l a n e / V ie w i n g - P l a n e L i n e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 0 3 . 3 . L e t t e r i n g a n d N u me r a l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 3.3.1. Style .................................................................................................... 31 3.3.2. Heights ................................................................................................. 32 3.4. Scale ............................................................................................................. 32 3.5. Positioning the Part on the Drawing .................................................................. 33

X-673-64-1F

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

viii

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

3.5.1. Picturization ......................................................................................... 33 3.5.2. Sections ................................................................................................ 34 3.5.3. Views ................................................................................................... 36 3.5.4. Details.................................................................................................. 37 3 . 5 . 5 . I d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f S e ct i o n s , V i e w s , a n d D e t a i l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7 3 . 5 . 6 . L o c a t i n g S e c t i o n s, V i e w s , a n d D e t a i l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 8 TYPES OF DRAWINGS ......................................................................................... 39 4.1. Altered or Selected Vendor Part Drawing .......................................................... 39 4 . 2 . A s s e mb l y D r a w i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0 4.3. Detail Drawing ............................................................................................... 41 4.4. Drawing Tree ................................................................................................. 42 4 . 5 . E l e c t r i c a l / E l e c tr o n i c D ra w i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 4 . 5 . 1 . E l e c t r i c a l a n d E l e c t r o n i c S y mb o l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 4 . 5 . 2 . E l e c t r i c a l a n d E l e c t r o n i c D i a g r a ms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 4 . 6 . I n s e p a r a b l e A s s e mb l y D r a w i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 4 . 7 . I n s t a l l a t i o n A s s e mb l y D r a w i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5 4.8. Interface Control Drawing ............................................................................... 46 4.9. Matched-Set Drawing ...................................................................................... 48 4 . 1 0 . M e c h a n i c a l S c h e ma t i c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 9 4.11. Modification Drawing .................................................................................... 51 4.12. Outline Drawing ........................................................................................... 51 4.13. Source Control Drawing ................................................................................. 53 4 . 1 4 . S p e c i f i c a t i o n Co n t r o l D r a w i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4 4.15. Standard Part Drawing ................................................................................... 56 4.16. Tabulated Drawing ........................................................................................ 56 4.17. Tooling Drawing ........................................................................................... 57 4 . 1 8 . C o mp o s i t e M a t e r i a l D r a w i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 8 NUMBERING SYSTEM FOR DRAWINGS AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION . 60 5 . 1 . P a r t N u mb e r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 5 . 2 . F i n d o r I t e m N u mb e r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 2 5.3. Order of Precedence of Specifications and Standards .......................................... 62 5.3.1. Group I ................................................................................................. 62 5.3.2. Group II ............................................................................................... 62 5.3.3. Group III .............................................................................................. 63 5.3.4. Group IV .............................................................................................. 63 5.3.5. Group V................................................................................................ 63 ENGINEERING ORDER ........................................................................................ 64 6 . 1 . G e n e r a l R e q u i r e me n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 4 6 . 2 . F o r ma t S a mp l e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 4 DRAWING REVISIONS ......................................................................................... 68 7.1. Revision Methods ........................................................................................... 68 7.2. Revision Identification .................................................................................... 68 7.3. Revision of Multisheet Drawings ...................................................................... 68 7.4. Revision Recording ......................................................................................... 68 7.5. Redrawn or Replaced Drawings ........................................................................ 70 PARTS LIST AND INDEX LIST ............................................................................. 71 8.1. Definitions ..................................................................................................... 71 8 . 2 . R e q u i r e me n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1 8.2.1. List Preparation ..................................................................................... 71 8 . 2 . 2 . L i s t F o r ma t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 2 8.2.3. Revision Identification ........................................................................... 72 8 . 2 . 4 . D e l e t i n g I t e ms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 2 8 . 2 . 5 . A d d i n g I t e ms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 2 8.3. Cover Sheet.................................................................................................... 72 8 . 3 . 1 . F o r ma t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 2

X-673-64-1F

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

ix

8.3.2. Entries.................................................................................................. 72 8.4. Parts List Continuation Sheet ........................................................................... 75 8 . 4 . 1 . F o r ma t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5 8.4.2. Entries.................................................................................................. 75 8.5. Index List Continuation Sheet .......................................................................... 77 8 . 5 . 1 . F o r ma t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 7 8.5.2. Entries.................................................................................................. 77 8 . 6 . F i n d o r I t e m N u mb e r S ys t e m o f I d e n t i f i c a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 9 8.6.1. Definition ............................................................................................. 79 8 . 6 . 2 . A p p l i c a t i o n a n d L i mi t a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 9 8 . 6 . 3 . D r a w i n g R e q u i r e me n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 0 8.7. List of Material .............................................................................................. 81 8 . 7 . 1 . F o r ma t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 8.7.2. Entries.................................................................................................. 81 9. DOCUMENTATION MANAGEMENT ..................................................................... 82 9.1. Typical Drawing Flow for Flight Projects .......................................................... 82 9.2. Archiving....................................................................................................... 83 9 . 3 . C o mp u t e r - A i d e d D e s i g n D r a w i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 3 9 . 3 . 1 . P r e s e n t a t i o n o f C o mp u t e r - G e n e r a t e d D a t a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 3 9 . 3 . 2 . D e v e l o p i n g a n d U s i n g C o mp u t e r - G e n e r a t e d D r a w i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 4 9.3.3. Specification Data ................................................................................. 84 10. DESIGN REFERENCES, STANDARDS, AND SPECIFICATIONS ........................... 85 1 0 . 1 . D i me n s i o n i n g a n d T o l e r a n c i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 5 1 0 . 1 . 1 . D i me n s i o n i n g a n d T o l e r a n c i n g P r a c t i c e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 5 1 0 . 1 . 2 . S t a t e me n t s o n D i me n s i o n i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 5 1 0 . 2 . M e t r i c D i me n s i o n i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 6 1 0 . 2 . 1 . S I U n i t s a n d S y mb o l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 6 10.2.2. Unit Conversions ................................................................................. 89 1 0 . 2 . 2 . 1 . C o n v e r s i o n o f D i me n s i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 9 10.2.2.2. Unit Rounding.......................................................................... 89 10.3. Design References ......................................................................................... 92 10.4. Control of Surface Roughness......................................................................... 93 10.4.1. Surface Texture ................................................................................... 93 1 0 . 4 . 2 . S u r f a c e T e x t u r e S y mb o l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 3 10.4.3. Surface Texture Standards..................................................................... 93 10.5. Thread Specifications .................................................................................... 93 10.6. WeldingFusion and Resistance ..................................................................... 95 10.6.1. General ............................................................................................... 95 1 0 . 6 . 2 . B a s i c W e l d S y mb o l s a n d T h e i r L o c a t i o n S i g n i f i c a n c e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 5 10.7. Outgassing of Spacecraft Materials ................................................................. 95 10.8. Standards and Specifications Index ................................................................. 96 10.8.1. National Bureau of Standards ................................................................ 96 10.8.2. Federal ............................................................................................... 96 10.8.3. Industrial ............................................................................................ 97 10.8.4. Military .............................................................................................. 98 10.8.5. NASA ............................................................................................... 100 1 0 . 9 . S t a n d a r d s a n d S p e c i f i c a t i o n s N u me r i c a l I n d e x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 1 APPENDIX A. DESIGN REVIEW DOs AND DON'Ts ................................................ 107 INDEX.................................................................................................................... 110

X-673-64-1F

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

X-673-64-1F

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

INTRODUCTION
T h i s d r a w i n g s t a n d a r d s ma n u a l e s t a b l i s h e s t h e c o n v e n t i o n s t o b e a d h e r e d t o b y e n g i n e e r i n g a n d d r a f t i n g p e r s o n n e l i n t h e p r e p a r a t i o n , r e v i s i o n , a n d c o mp l e t i o n o f e n g i n e e r i n g d r a w i n g s . T h i s ma n u a l s e t s f o r t h t h e min i mu m r e q u i r e me n t s a c c e p t a b l e a t GSFC for the preparation of engineering drawings for flight hardware and ground s u p p o r t s y s t e ms . T h e r e q u i r e me n t s s p e c i f i e d h e r e i n a r e e s s e n t i a l t o t h e s t a n d a r d i z a t i o n of practices and to a uniform interpretation of drawings. A s y s t e m, p a y l o a d , o r c o mp o n e n t a s s e mb l y s ha l l b e c o mp l e t e l y d e f i n e d b y me a n s o f d r a w i n g s , i n c l u d i n g l i s t s , s c h e ma t i c s , w i r i n g d i ag r a ms , a n d s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , t o e n s u r e t h a t c o mp o n e n t s f a b r i c a t e d a r e i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e d e s i g n . T h e d o c u me n t a t i o n i n f o r ma t i o n s h a l l s e r v e a s a p e r ma n e n t r e c o r d . F l i g h t h a r d w a r e s h a l l b e f a b r i c a t e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e a p p r o v e d d e s i g n d o c u me n t s . T h e s e d o c u me n t s s h a l l r e f l e c t t h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s a n d a c c e p t a n c e c r i t e r i a f o r a l l ma t e r i a l s , c o mp o n e n t / p a r t s , s u b s y s t e ms , a n d t h e c o mp l e t e s y s t e m. T h e a c c e p t a n c e c r i t e r i a f o r p a r t s a n d ma t e r i a l s s h a l l b e s p e c i f i e d b y s t a n d a r d s p e c i f i c a t i o n s w h e n applicable. E n g i n e e r i n g d r a w i n g s a r e d e f i n e d a s t h o s e d r a w i n g s t h a t c o mmu n i c a t e t h e r e q u i r e me n t s f o r t h e ma n u f a c t u r e o f t h e e n d - p r o d u c t i t e ms , t h e i r a s s e mb l y , a n d t h e i r i n s t a l l a t i o n i n t h e end product. The engineering drawings prepared by GSFC design personnel or contractors on GSFC d r a w i n g f o r ma t u s i n g G S F C d r a w i n g n u mb e r s s h a l l b e k n o w n a s G o v e r n me n t D e s i g n A c t i v i t y D r a w i n g s . P a r t s ma d e t o t h e se d r a w i n g s t y p i c a l l y w o u l d b e ma n u f a c t u r e d through the Fabrication Engineering Branch, Engineering Services Division, GSFC. C o n t r a c t o r D e s i g n A c t i v i t y D ra w i n g s ( w h i c h a r e a c o mp a n y 's d r a w i n g s b e a r i n g t h e c o mp a n y n a me , a d d r e s s , f e d e r a l c o d e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n , a n d d r a w i n g n u mb e r ) s h o u l d b e u s e d w h e n t h e c o mp a n y i s d e s i g n i n g a n d d e l i v e r i n g t h e f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e t e r ms o f a N A S A c o n t r a c t . The Design Activity shall be defined as an activity having responsibility for the design o f a n i t e m o r s y s t e m. T h e a c t i v i t y ma y b e a g o v e r n me n t e n t i t y , a c o n t r a c t o r , a v e n d o r , o r another organization such as a university. A l t h o u g h g e n e r a l l y i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e D e p ar t me n t o f D e f e n s e a n d i n d u s t r y p r a c t i c e s a n d p r o c e d u r e s , t h i s d r a w i n g s t a n d a r d s man u a l d o e s c o n t a i n s p e c i f i c d i f f e r e n c e s a n d e x c e p t i o n s t o E n g i n e e r i n g D r a w i n g P r a c t i c e s , M I L - S T D - 1 0 0 E . T h i s ma n u a l , w h i l e n o t i n t e n d e d a s a ma n u a l o f i n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e b as i c p r i n c i p l e s o f d r a f t i n g , d o e s s e t f o r t h t h e min i mu m r e q u i r e me n t s a c c e p t a b l e a t t h e G S F C. O n e o f t h o s e r e q u i r e me n t s i s t h a t persons engaged in the preparation of drawings shall have a thorough understanding of t h e f u n d a me n t a l s o f d r a f t i n g a n d g e o me t r ic a l d i me n s i o n i n g a n d t o l e r a n c i n g ( i n accordance with ANSI Y14.5M-1982, Dimensioning and Tolerancing) in order to produce interpretable drawings.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

1. 1.1.

DRAWING ELEMENTS Drawing Sizes


T h e f o l l o w i n g t a b l e d e f i n e s t h e s t an d a r d d r a w i n g s i z e s , a n d t h e i r l e t t e r designations to be used at GSFC: Letter Designation B C D E F J Notes: ( a ) L e n g t h s f o r J r o l l s i z e t o b e i n l l - i n c h i n c r e me n t s . ( b ) N o t i n c l u s i v e o f a d d e d p r o t e c t i v e ma r g i n s o f a t l e a s t 2 i n c h e s o n b o t h e n d s o f roll size drawings. Sheet Width (inches) 11 17 22 34 28 34 Sheet Length (inches) 17 22 34 44 40 48 to 144(a) Margin (inches) 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2(b)

1.2.

Multisheet Drawings
M u l t i s h e e t d r a w i n g s a r e p e r mi t t e d i n a l l s i z e s . a. T h e f i r s t s h e e t o f a mu l t i s h e e t d r a wi n g s h a l l a l w a y s c o n t a i n t h e c o mp l e t e T i t l e b l o c k , L i s t o f M a t e r i a l , R e v is i o n B l o c k , a n d g e n e r a l n o t e s .

b . A l l s h e e t s o f mu l t i s h e e t d r a w i n g s s h a l l b e o f t h e s a me l e t t e r s i z e . U s e o f mu l t i s h e e t d r a w i n g s s h a l l b e f o u n d t o b e a d v a n t a g e o u s f o r c e r t a i n t y p e s o f s c h e ma t i c s a n d d i a g r a ms . c. T h e s h e e t s o f J s i z e d r a w i n g s ma y b e a n y o f t h e a b o v e - n o t e d l e n g t h s a n d ma y b e i n t e r mi x e d i n d i f f e r e n t l e n g t h s .

d . S h e e t n u mb e r i n g f o r a l l f i r s t s h e e t s s h a l l i n c l u d e t h e t o t a l n u mb e r o f s h e e t s , a s S H E E T 1 O F 1 , S H E E T 1 O F 2 , e t c . N u mb e r i n g o f c o n t i n u a t i o n s h e e t s s h a l l b e l i mi t e d t o s t a t i n g t h e s p e c i f i c s h e e t n u mb e r ( e . g . , S H E E T 2 , S H E E T 3 ) w i t h o u t s p e c i f y i n g t h e t o t a l n u mb e r o f s h e e t s .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

1.3.

Zoning
V e r t i c a l a n d h o r i z o n t a l z o n i n g ma y b e u s e d i f n e c e s s a r y t o p r o v i d e o r i e n t a t i o n t o t h e f i e l d o f d r a w i n g s . Z o n i n g i s ma n d a t o r y f o r mu l t i s h e e t d r a w i n g s D s i z e a n d larger and single-sheet drawings E size and larger. Zones shall be identified by a l p h a b e t i c a l ( u p p e r c a s e ) a n d n u me r i c a l e n t r i e s i n t h e mar g i n s p a c e s a s i n d i c a t e d in Figure 1. Zone sizes shall be 8 inches (width) by 11 inches (length) for E and J size, 7 inches (width) by 10 inches (length) for F size, and 5 inches (width) by 8 inches (length) for D size.
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION 5 4 3 2 1
REVISION NOTES

DRAWING NUMBER ON REVERSE SIDE FOR ROLL-SIZE DRAWINGS

APPROX. 2-INCH ADDITIONAL MARGIN FOR PROTECTION OF ROLL-SIZE DRAWINGS

VERTICAL ZONE IDENTIFICATION ALPHABETICALLY LETTERED FROM BOTTOM EDGE

ALTERNATE LOCATION OF GENERAL NOTES

B SECURITY NOTATION (IF REQUIRED)

A 5 4 3 2

TITLE BLOCK 1

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION

Figure 1: Format for B, C, D, E, F, and J Size Drawings

1.4.

Title Block and Revision Block


T i t l e b l o c k s a n d r e v i s i o n b l o c k s s h a l l b e p r e p a r e d a n d c o mp l e t e d a s f o l l o w s : T h e T i t l e b l o c k o f s i n g l e - s h e e t d r a w i n g s , f ir s t s h e e t s o f mu l t i s h e e t d r a w i n g s , a n d r e v i s i o n b l o c k s s h a l l a p p e a r a s s h o w n i n e i t h e r F i g u r e 2 a o n p a g e 5 ( d i me n s i o n a l s y s t e m/ i n c h e s ) o r F i g u r e 2 b o n p a g e 6 ( d i me n s i o n a l s y s t e m/ mi l l i me t e r s ) . T h e i n f o r ma t i o n r e q u i r e d i n t h e T i t l e b l o c k s h a l l b e a s s p e c i f i e d o r r e f e r e n c e d b y i t e ms 1 t h r o u g h 2 8 , b e l o w . T h e T i t l e b lo c k o f c o n t i n u a t i o n s h e e t s f o r mu l t i s h e e t d r a w i n g s s h a l l c o n t a i n i n f o r ma t i o n l i s t e d i n i t e ms 1 , 2 , a n d 4 t h r o u g h 1 1 .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

DRAWING NUMBER ON REVERSE SIDE FOR ROLL-SIZE DRAWINGS

PREFERRED LOCATION OF GENERAL NOTES

APPROX. 2-INCH ADDITIONAL MARGIN FOR PROTECTION OF ROLL-SIZE DRAWINGS

HORIZONTAL ZONE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERED FROM RIGHT-HAND EDGE

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

REVISION SYM ZONE DESCRIPTION DATE APPROVAL

24

25

26

27

28

FOLD

24

13

12

11

10

14

15

18

19

20

21

22

23

ITEM NO

REQD

REQD

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

MATERIAL

MATERIAL SPEC & NO.

LIST OF MATERIAL
NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED - DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES

TOLERANCES:
.XX .02 .XXX .005 1 FRACTIONS 1/16 125

Goddard Space Flight Center


INIT DATE

GREENBELT, MARYLAND

NAME DESIGNER

DRAWING INTERPRETED PER GSFC-X673-64-1 REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGES R .010 OR CHAMFER MAX.

FLIGHT HARDWARE/POST FAB HARDNESS TEST REQ'D

DRAWN

TITLE

16

HARDNESS TEST NOT REQUIRED

NON FLIGHT
CHECKED

TEST HARDNESS PER ASTM E-18, LOCATION OPTIONAL TEST HARDNESS PER ASTM E-18 WHERE INDICATED ON FIELD OF DRAWING THUS NO NON-DESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION (NDE) REQ'D NDE REQUIRED PER S-313-009 CODE
THIS DRAWING WAS PRODUCED USING SOFTWARE: FILE NAME: VERSION:

APPROVED

APPROVED

APPROVED-STRESS

REV

GD
CODE SCALE WT. SH

APPROVED-ENGINEER NEXT ASSY USED ON

FOLD LINE

Figure 2a: Sample Title and Revision Block (Enlarged View) for Dimensional System/Inches

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

GD

REV

LINE

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

REVISION SYM ZONE DESCRIPTION DATE APPROVAL

24

25

26

27

28

FOLD

24

13

12

11

10

14

15

18

19

16

20

21

22

23

24

17
ITEM NO REQD REQD PART NO DESCRIPTION MATERIAL MATERIAL SPEC & NO

LIST OF MATERIAL
FLIGHT HARDWARE/POST FAB HARDNESS TEST REQ'D HARDNESS TEST NOT REQUIRED NON FLIGHT
NAME INIT DATE DRAWING INTERPRETED PER GSFC-X673-64-1
DESIGNER

METRIC HYBRID
METRIC/INCH
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION

NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION

Goddard Space Flight Center

GREENBELT, MARYLAND

TEST HARDNESS PER ASTM E-18, LOCATION OPTIONAL TEST HARDNESS PER ASTM E-18 WHERE INDICATED ON FIELD OF DRAWING THUS
DRAWN

NON-DESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION (NDE) NOT REQD NDE REQUIRED PER S-313-009 CODE
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED DIMENSION ARE IN MM DIMENSION TOLERANCES 2 DECIMAL 1 DECIMAL DECIMAL ANGLE RAD/CHAM 0.25 0.5 1 1 0.5 FINISH IN MICROMETERS THIS DRAWING WAS PRODUCED USING SOFTWARE: VERSION:

TITLE

CHECKED

MECHANICAL ENGINEER

3.2

FILE NAME:
SYSTEMS ENGINEER

ELECTRICAL ENGINEER

REV

GD
STRESS ENGINEER

REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGES R 0.25 OR CHAMFER MAX


FOLD LINE

NEXT ASSY

USED ON

CODE

SCALE

WT

SH

Figure 2b: Sample Title and Revision Block (Enlarged View) for Dimensional System/Millimeters

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

GD

REV

LINE

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

1 2

DRAWING NO.: See page 60. SH OF on sheet 1. : E n t e r s h e e t n u mb e r a s a p p l ic a b l e . I n d i c a t e t o t a l s h e e t s o n l y

3 4

W T : E n t e r u n i t w e i g h t c a l c u l a t e d a t t i me o f d e s i g n i f r e q u i r e d . T I T L E : S e e p a r a g r a p h 2 . 1 o n p a g e 1 1 f o r s e l e c t i o n a n d a r r a n g e me n t o f drawing title. See paragraph 3.3.2 on page 32 for drawing title size. SCALE: Enter scale. See paragraph 3.4 on page 32 for selection of scale. CODE: For drawings prepared by the Goddard Space Flight Center (GSFC) w i t h a n o f f i c i a l G S F C d r a w i n g n u mb e r , e n t e r t h e t h r e e - d i g i t G S F C c o d e identifying the group responsible for the drawing. F o r d r a w i n g s p r e p a r e d b y a c o n t r a c t o r w i t h a c o n t r a c t o r d r a w i n g n u mb e r a n d f o r ma t , t h e c o n t r a c t o r 's c o d e n u mb e r f r o m t h e C o mme r c i a l a n d G o v e r n me n t E n t i t y ( C A G E ) P u b l i c a t i o n H 4 / H 8 ( f o r me r l y F e d e r a l S u p p l y C o d e f o r Manufacturers (FSCM) H4 and Federal Supply Codes for Non-Manufacturers (FSCNM) H8) shall appear.

5 6

7 8 9

DATE: Enter date of initials. D E S I G N E R : E n t e r d e s i g n e r ' s p r i n t e d n a me a n d i n i t i a l s . D R A W N : E n t e r d r a f t s ma n 's p r i n t e d n a me o r i f d r a w n b y t h e d e s i g n e r , t h e d e s i g n e r s p r i n t e d n a me ma y b e r e p e a t e d .

1 0 C H E C K E D : E n t e r d e s i g n a n a l y s t ' s p r i n t e d n a me . T h i s n a me s h a l l b e a n i n d e p e n d e n t n a me f r o m a l l o t h e r n a me s o n t h e d r a w i n g . I t r e p r e s e n t s t h a t t h e d r a w i n g h a s b e e n c h e c k e d a g a i n s t t h e p a r a me t e r s o f t h i s d r a w i n g ma n u a l a n d , w h e r e p o s s i b l e , t o f o r m, f i t , f u n c t i o n , a n d f e a s i b i l i t y . T h e c h e c k e r mu s t h a v e a t h o r o u g h u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e me t h o d s a n d p r a c t i c e s o f g e o me t r i c tolerancing and be able to specify such practices in accordance with ANSI S t a n d a r d Y 1 4 . 5 M- 1 9 8 2 , D i m e n s i o n i n g a n d T o l e r a n c i n g . 1 1 A P P R O V E D : E n t e r t h e p r i n t e d n a me s o f G S F C p e r s o n n e l a s s i g n e d t o a p p r o v e t h e d r a w i n g . P r o j e c t r e q u i r e me n t s f o r d r a w i n g n a me s s h a l l v a r y f r o m p r o g r a m t o p r o g r a m, b u t e a c h n a me s h a l l b e i d e n t i f i e d . F o r e x a mp l e , a f t e r e a c h a p p r o v a l n a me , n o t e t h e f o l l o w i n g : E N G f o r e n g i n e e r , S T R E S S f o r s t r e s s e n g i n e e r , Q A f o r q u a l i t y a s s u r a n c e e n g i n e e r , M A T L f o r ma t e r i a l s e n g i n e e r , E L E C f o r e l e c t r ic a l e n g i n e e r , e t c . A l l n a me s i n l i n e i t e ms 8 t h r o u g h 1 1 mu s t b e l e g i b l e . T h e h a n d - w r i t t e n i n i t i a l s o n t h e p a p e r o r i g i n a l a r e t h e o f f i c i a l a p p r o v a l o f t h a t d o c u me n t . 1 2 U S E D O N : E n t e r a c r o n y m n a me o f p r o g r a m a n d a c r o n y m n a me o f s u b s y s t e m o r e x p e r i me n t w h e r e a p p l i c a b l e .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

1 3 N E X T A S S Y : E n t e r d r a w i n g n u mb e r o n w h i c h t h e p a r t i s n e x t u t i l i z e d , mo d i f i e d , o r a s s e mb l e d . I n t h e c a s e o f t o o l i n g d r a w i n g s , i n t h e N e x t A s s e mb l y b l o c k r e f e r t o a g e n e r a l n o t e t h a t s t a t e s T h i s d r a w i n g i s u s e d t o f a b r i c a t e ( d r a w i n g n u mb e r ) . I n s t a l l a t io n d r a w i n g s s h o u l d r e f l e c t a t o p c o n f i g u r a t i o n d r a w i n g n u mb e r a s t h e n e x t a s s e mb l y . W h e n a c o n f i g u r a t i o n d r a w i n g i s n o t b e i n g p r o d u c e d , t h e i n s t al l a t i o n d r a w i n g s h a l l i n d i c a t e b y n o t e T h e i n s t a l l a t i o n f o r ms a p a r t o f t h e c o n f i g u r a t i o n f o r p r o g r a m ( p r o j e c t n a me ) . 1 4 E X A M I N A T I O N : T h e a p p r o p r i a t e N o n - D e s t r u c t i v e E x a mi n a t i o n ( N D E ) Required block shall be checked off, and the addition of the applicable code or see note XX shall be added where required. Refer to Testing and Inspection Notes of the general notes section paragraph 2.4.4.6 on page 20. 15 FLIGHT HARDWARE and HARDNESS TESTING: The Flight Hardware block mu s t b e c h e c k e d o f f w h e n t h e p a r t i s u se d i n a c t u a l f l i g h t c o n f i g u r a t i o n s . T h e appropriate Hardness Testing block shall be checked off regardless of whether the part is flight hardware or not. 16 On CAD-produced drawings, add a 3.5-inch-long by 0.88-inch-high block as follows:

THIS DRAWING WAS PRODUCED USING: SO F T W A R E: (a) F IL EN A M E: (c) Notes: ( a ) S o f t w a r e u s e d ( e x a mp l e : A U T O C A D ) ( b ) V e r s i o n o f s o f t w ar e ( e x a mp l e : 1 0 c 7 ) ( c ) F i l e n a me ( e x a mp l e : G S F C 1 2 3 4 ) 17 METRIC/HYBRID METRIC-INCH: Add X to type of drawing block.AAAA 1 8 I T E M N O . : E n t e r i t e m n u mb e r s w h e n mo r e t h a n o n e t y p e o f ma t e r i a l o r p a r t i s r e q u i r e d , a n d c o o r d i n a t e d r a w i n g c a l l o u t s o n t h e d r a w i n g f i e l d . P a r t s ma d e o f t h e s a me ma t e r i a l , c o n d i t i o n , a n d s p e c i f ic a t i o n s h a l l b e a s s i g n e d o n l y o n e i t e m n u mb e r , e v e n t h o u g h t h e p a r t ma y b e r e q u i r e d i n v a r i o u s s i z e s a n d t h i c k n e s s e s . T h e q u a n t i t y f o r s u c h i t e ms i n t h e L i s t o f M a t e r i a l ( L / M ) s h a l l b e s t a t e d a s A / R w i t h t h e s p e c i f i c s i z e s s pe l l e d o u t i n t h e f i e l d o f t h e d r a w i n g . Refer to Figure 3 on page 10, Figure 34 on page 80, and Section 8.6, Find or I t e m N u mb e r S y s t e m o f I d e n t i f i c a t i o n , o n p a g e 7 9 . D o n o t s k i p i t e m n u mb e r s on new drawings. 1 9 R E Q D : E n t e r q u a n t i t y o f p a r t s r e q u i r e d o n ly f o r t h e p a r t s o f a n i n s e p a r a b l e a s s e mb l y o r a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g . 20 P A R T N O . : E n t e r i d e n t i f y i n g p a r t n u mb e r s w h e n r e q u i r e d ( G o v e r n me n t , c o n t r a c t o r , v e n d o r , o r o t h e r ) . O n n e w d r a w i n g s , g r o u p l i k e i t e ms t o g e t h e r . VER SIO N : (b)

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

21

D E S C R I P T I O N : E n t e r ma t e r i a l d e s c r i p t i o n ( p l a t e , e t c . ) o r a p a r t n a me t i t l e i f i t i s a n o t h e r d r a w i n g . E n c l o s e r e f e r e n c e i n f o r ma t i o n s u c h a s f a s t e n e r s i z e s i n brackets. M A T E R I A L: E n t e r t h e ma t e r i a l f r o m w h i c h t h e p a r t i s f a b r i c a t e d . E x a mp l e s : AL ALY; CRES; BE CU.

22

2 3 M A T E R I A L S P E C . : E n t e r t h e a p p l i c a b l e ma t e r i a l s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , n u mb e r , a n d f i n a l c o n d i t i o n . E x a mp l e s : Q Q - A - 2 5 0 / 1 1 6 0 6 1 - T 6 f o r A L A L Y p l a t e ; ASTM A582 303 COND A for CRES bar. T h e i n f o r ma t i o n r e q u i r e d i n t h e r e v i s io n b l o c k s h a l l b e a s s p e c i f i e d o r r e f e r e n c e d b y i t e ms 2 4 t h r o u g h 2 8 , b el o w , a n d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h D r a w i n g Revisions, paragraph 7, page 68. 2 4 R E V I S I O N S - S Y M: E n t e r r e v i s i o n s y mb o l . 25 REVISIONS - ZONE: Enter zone (where used). 26 REVISIONS - DESCRIPTION: Enter description of the revision (refer to Section 7, Drawing Revisions). 27 REVISIONS - DATE: Enter date approved by authorized signer(s) in block. 28 REVISIONS - APPROVAL: Enter signature of GSFC person assigned to approve. If change was by approved EO, drawing only needs approval of the d r a f t s ma n o r p e r s o n i n c o r p o r a t i n g t h e c h a n g e , a n d t h e c h e c k e r . I f c h a n g e s ma d e a r e n o t c o v e r e d b y a n E O , t h e n a p p r o v a l mu s t i n c l u d e t h e e n g i n e e r .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

10

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

DETAIL DRAWING
WIRE ITEM NO. REQD PART NO. DESCRIPTION BE CU MATERIAL QQ-C-530, COND 1/2 HT MATERIAL SPEC & NO.

DETAIL SHOWN & OPPOSITE DRAWING


-2 -1 ITEM NO. REQD PART NO. BAR OPPOSITE BAR SHOWN DESCRIPTION AL ALY AL ALY MATERIAL QQ-A-225/8 6061-T6 QQ-A-225/8 6061-T6 MATERIAL SPEC & NO.

INSEPARABLE ASSEMBLY DRAWING


2 1 ITEM NO. 2 1 REQD PART NO. MS21209C0415 INSERT (4-40 UNC x .168 LG) PLATE DESCRIPTION AL ALY MATERIAL SEE NOTE 1 QQ-A-250/11 6061-T6 MATERIAL SPEC & NO.

INSEPARABLE ASSEMBLY DRAWING


2 1 3 A/R GD1000001 ITEM NO. REQD PART NO. MS21209C0415 INSERT (4-40 UNC x .168 LG) PLATE PLATE ASSY DESCRIPTION MATERIAL MATERIAL SPEC & NO. AL ALY SEE NOTE 1 QQ-A-250/11 6061-T6

ASSEMBLY DRAWING
4 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 3 2 MS51957-12 GD1003451 GC1003467-2 GC1003467-1 GE1002500-2 GE1002500-1 ITEM NO. REQD REQD PART NO. SCREW (4-40 UNC 2A x .187 LENGTH) BLOCK PLATE PLATE PADDLE ASSEMBLY OPPOSITE PADDLE ASSEMBLY SHOWN DESCRIPTION MATERIAL MATERIAL SPEC & NO. CRES

Notes: (a) Paint, adhesives, and protective coatings shall appear in note form. (b) Hardware shall appear in List of Material with required quantity. (c) A/R shall be used in REQD column when same material (same material specification and condition) appears more than once in different sizes in the field of the drawing. (d) A/R may be used to indicate large quantities of rivets. (e) A material specification shall only appear once in the List of Material unless material conditions vary or a Shown and Opposite part is required. Sheet and plate shall not be listed as separate items. Figure 3: Examples of List of Material

1.5.

Drawing Format
T h e d r a w i n g f o r ma t f o r t h e d r a w i n g s i z e s l i s t e d o n p a g e 3 , i n c l u d i n g z o n i n g , d r a w i n g n u mb e r s , s e c u r i t y c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , e t c . , i s s h o w n i n F i g u r e 1 , p a g e 4 .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

11

2. 2.1.

NOMENCLATURE Drawing Title


G e n e r a l i n f o r ma t i o n f o r t h e s e l e c t i o n o r d e v e l o p me n t o f a d r a w i n g t i t l e i s a s follows: a. The title should be as brief as possible but should contain sufficient i n f o r ma t i o n t o c a t e g o r i z e t h e p a r t p r o p e r ly a n d t o d i s t i n g u i s h i t f r o m o t h e r s i mi l a r p a r t s .

b. The drawing title shall consist of the following: 1 . I d e n t i f yin g n o u n o r n o u n p h r a s e . 2 . T h e mo s t s i g n i f i c a n t mo d if i e r o r mo d i f y i n g p h r a s e . 3 . T h e n e x t mo s t s i g n i f i c a n t mo d i f i e r o r mo d i f y i n g p h r a s e . T h e n o u n o r n o u n p h r a s e e s t a b l i s h e s a b a s i c c o n c e p t o f a n i t e m. T h e mo d i f i e r s s e r v e t o n a r r o w t h e a r e a o f c o n c e p t e s t a b l i s h e d b y t h e b a s i c n a me . A mo d i f i e r i s s e p a r a t e d f r o m t h e n o u n o r n o u n p h r a s e b y a c o mma a n d f r o m a n y p r e c e d i n g mo d i f i e r b y a c o mma . T h e t y p e d e s i g n a t o r a n d / o r a n y a d d i t i o n a l mo d i f i e r s r e q u i r e d t o f u r t h e r i d e n t i f y a n i t e m a r e s e p a r a t e d f r o m the first part of the title by a dash. Where applicable, the word ASSEMBLY shall be used as the last word of the noun phrase. EXAMPLES: B e a m, H o i s t i n g , G u i d e d M i s s i l e C o v e r , P r o t e c t i v e , R o c k e t M o t o rFo r w a r d S e c t i o n C a b i n e t , E l e c t r i c a l E q u i p me n tCY - 1 4 7 T r a n s p o r t a t i o nDo l l y A s s e mb l y , E a r t h S a t e l l i t e c. The noun, or noun phrase, is never abbreviated. Abbreviations are used in the mo d i f i e r s o n l y w h e n s p a c e i s l i mi t e d . W h e n u s e d , a b b r e v i a t i o n s s h a l l c o n f o r m to Abbreviations, paragraph 2.2 on page 12.

d. When one drawing supersedes another, the new drawing, when practical, has t h e s a me t i t l e . e. f. Parentheses are not used to enclose any portion of the drawing title. P r o g r a m n a me s ( o r a b b r e v i a t i o n s ) s h o u l d b e a d d e d t o t h e U s e d O n b l o c k a n d n o t t h e T i t l e b l o c k ; e x c e p t i o n s a r e o n t h e f i n a l o r t o p a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

12

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

2.2.

Abbreviations
The purpose of this section is to provide a list of authorized abbreviations for use o n d r a w i n g s a n d a s s o c i a t e d d o c u me n t s . W h e n u s e d , a b b r e v i a t i o n s a n d a c r o n y ms shall be in accordance with GSFC STD-256-WE-1 and MIL-STD-12 (in that order of precedence). a. Uppercase Gothic letters shall be used.

b . A b b r e v i a t i o n s f o r w o r d c o mb i n a t i o n s ( e . g . , M M CMa x i mu m M a t e r i a l Condition) shall be used as such and shall not be separated for use singly. S i n g l e a b b r e v i a t i o n s ma y b e c o mb i n e d w h e n n e c e s s a r y . c. T h e s a me a b b r e v i a t i o n s h a l l b e u s e d f o r a l l t e n s e s , t h e p o s s e s s i v e c a s e a n d t h e s i n g u l a r a n d p l u r a l f o r ms o f a g i v e n w o r d .

d . A b b r e v i a t i o n s s h o u l d b e u s e d o n l y t o s a v e s p a c e o r t i me , b u t n e v e r a t t h e expense of clarity. e. P e r i o d s s h a l l b e u s e d w i t h a b b r e v i a t io n s t h a t s p e l l e n t i r e w o r d s t o p r o v i d e c l a r i t y a n d t o a v o i d mis i n t e r p r e t a t i o n .

T h e f o l l o w i n g a b b r e v i a t i o n s a r e a c c e p t a b le t o u s e a n d a r e i n d u s t r y - r e l a t e d associations not found in GSFC STD-256-WE-1 or MIL-STD-12.

AFBMA

Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association, Inc. 1101 Connecticut Avenue, NW Suite 700 Washington, DC 20036

AGMA

A me r i c a n G e a r M a n u f a c t u r e r s A s s o c i a t i o n , I n c . 1500 King Street Suite 201 Arlington, VA 22314

ANSI

A me r i c a n N a t i o n a l S t a n d a r d I n s t i t u t e 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018

ASME

A me r i c a n S o c i e t y o f M e c h a n i c a l E n g i n e e r s 345 E. 47th Street New York, NY 10017

ASTM

A me r i c a n S o c i e t y f o r T e s t i n g a n d M a t e r i a l s 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

13

AWS

A me r i c a n W e l d i n g S o c i e t y , I n c . 550 N.W. Ledeune Road P.O. Box 351040 M i a mi , F L 3 3 1 3 5

IEEE

I n s t i t u t e o f E l e c t r i c a l an d E l e c t r o n i c E n g i n e e r s , I n c . 445 Hose Lane P.O. Box 1331 Piscataway, NJ 08855-1331

ISO

International Organization for Standardization/ ( O r g a n i s a t i o n I n t e r n a t i o n a l e d e N o r ma l i s a t i o n ) 1 , r u e d e V a r e mb 1211 Geneve 20 Switzerland/Suisse

NEMA

National Electrical Manufacturers Association 2101 L Street, NW Washington, DC 20037

NSA

National Standards Association, Inc. 1200 Quince Orchard Blvd G a i t h e r s b u r g , MD 2 0 8 7 8

NAS

A e r o s p a c e I n d u s t r i e s A s s o c i a t i o n o f A me r i c a , I n c . 1250 I Street, NW Washington, DC 20005

SAE

S o c i e t y o f A u t o mo t i v e E n g i n e e r s , I n c . 4 0 0 C o mmo n w e a l t h D r i v e Warrendale, PA 15096

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

14

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

2.3.

List of Material
2.3.1. Requirements on the Body of the Drawing
E a c h p a r t l i s t e d i n t h e L i s t o f M a t e r i a l ( P a r t s L i s t ) mu s t b e i d e n t i f i e d a t l e a s t o n c e b y a n I t e m ( F i n d ) N u mb e r o n t h e b o d y o f the drawing (except single item drawings and shown and opposite item drawings). Note: Parts shall be bracketed, indicating reference, when they are i d e n t i f i e d b y n u mb e r a n d a r e n o t n o te d i n t h e L i s t o f M a t e r i a l . S u c h p a r t s a r e s h o w n i n p h a n t o m. R e p e a t e d i t e m n u mb e r s s h a l l b e indicated as reference either within brackets or by the word REF.

2.3.2.

Requirements in the List of Material


a. T h e L i s t o f M a t e r i a l i s a l i s t o f a l l p a r t s a n d ma t e r i a l s c a l l e d out on the drawing. See Figure 3 on page 10.

b . T h e q u a n t i t y o f p a r t s n o t e d i n t h e L i s t o f M a t e r i a l i s t h e n u mb e r r e q u i r e d t o c o mp l e t e t h e n o t e d a s s e mb l y . c. W h e n a n e w d r a w i n g i s ma d e , a l l p a r t s i n t h e L i s t o f M a t e r i a l s h o u l d b e g r o u p e d a s t o t y p e , s u c h a s d a s h n u mb e r ( f o r s h o w n a n d o p p o s i t e a s s e mb l i e s ) , G S F C d r a w i n g s ( f o r d e t a i l e d p a r t s ) , MS parts, NAS parts, etc., and listed in this sequence.

d . Q u a n t i t i e s o f B u l k I t e ms a n d p l a c e me n t : r e f e r t o n o t e s ( a ) through (e) on Figure 3 on page 10. e. P r e f e r r e d p a r t s l i s t s f o r p a r t s , ma t e r i a l s , a n d p r o c e s s e s c a n b e found in an unofficial publication available for viewing in the Mechanical Engineering Branch. The Design Selection Guide c o n t a i n s a w i d e r a n g e o f h a r d w a r e , ma t e r i a l s , d e s i g n s t a n d a r d s , a n d p r o c e s s e s . I t s h a l l b e n o t e d t h a t n o t a l l o f t h e i t e ms i n t h i s reference guide are rated for space flight use. Note: All fasteners used in flight hardware and critical nuts and bolts u s e d o n g r o u n d s u p p o r t e q u i p me n t , i n c l u d i n g a l l f l i g h t / G S E i n t e r f a c e s , mu s t me e t t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n G S F C F a s t e n e r I n t e g r i t y Requirements, GSFC S-313-100, Materials Branch, Office of Flight Assurance.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

15

2.4.

Notes on Drawings
I n f o r ma t i o n o t h e r t h a n p i c t o r ia l v i e w s a n d d i me n s i o n s n e c e s s a r y f o r c o mp l e t i n g a d r a w i n g i s c l a s s i f i e d a s n o t e s . T h e t w o t y p e s o f n o t e f o r ms a r e G e n e r a l N o t e s a n d L o c a l C h a r a c t e r N o t e s . N o t es o n a d r a w i n g t a k e p r e c e d e n c e o v e r s p e c i f i c a t i o n r e q u i r e me n t s ; h e n c e , n o t e s c o n f l i c t i n g w i t h r e f e r e n c e d specifications shall not be placed on a drawing unless they are necessary for d e v i a t i o n s f r o m c e r t a i n p r o v is i o n s o f t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n .

2.4.1.

Security Classification
The security classification Top Secret, Secret, or Confidential shall be located on the drawing as noted in Figure 1 on page 4. E a c h s h e e t o f a mu l t i s h e e t d r a w i n g s h a l l b e i n d i v i d u a l l y c l a s s i f i e d a s t o i t s c o n t e n t s . T h e s e c u r i t y s t a mp o n e a c h s h e e t s h a l l b e t h a t o f t h e h i g h e s t c l a s s i f i c a t i o n f o r a ny i t e m s h o w n o n t h a t i n d i v i d u a l sheet, not the general overall classification of the entire set of d r a w i n g s o r t h e e n d i t e m. O n r o l l - s i z e d r a w i n g s , t h e s e c u r i t y classification shall be shown on the reverse side at both ends of the d r a w i n g s n e x t t o t h e d r a w i n g n u mb e r t o e n a b l e t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n t o be seen without unrolling the drawing. A warning note shall be included adjacent to the security classification located above the Title block and shall read as follows: THIS MATERIAL CONTAINS INFORMATION AFFECTING THE NATIONAL DEFENSE OF THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE ESPIONAGE LAWS, TITLE 18 U.S.C., SECTIONS 793 AND 794. THE TRANSMISSION OR REVELATION OF WHICH IN ANY MANNER TO AN UNAUTHORIZED PERSON IS PROHIBITED BY LAW.

2.4.2.

Note Location
Notes of general character that do not require leaders to indicate w h e r e t h e y a p p l y , a n d f o r w h i c h p r o v i s i o n h a s n o t b e e n ma d e i n t h e s u p p l e me n t a r y b l o c k s o f t h e d r a w i n g f o r ma t , s h a l l b e l o c a t e d i n t h e following order of preference: a. Adjacent to the upper left border and to the left of all views.

b . I mme d i a t e l y t o t h e l e f t o f t h e r e v i s i o n b l o c k . c. Adjacent to the lower left border or below the revision block, space being left for extending the revision block downward. This location should be avoided whenever practical because the space required for revisions cannot be anticipated.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

16

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

2.4.3.

Numbering of Notes
G e n e r a l n o t e s a r e n u mb e r e d c o n s e c u t i v e l y d o w n w a r d . N o t e n u mb e r s ma y b e i d e n t i f i e d o n t h e f i e l d o f t h e d r a w i n g b y p l a c i n g t h e n o t e n u mb e r i n a p e n n a n t - s h a p e d f l a g a t t h e g e n e r a l n o t e l o c a t i o n a n d i n t h e f i e l d o f t h e d r aw i n g , o r i n t h e L i s t o f M a t e r i a l ( M a t e r i a l S p e c i f i c a t i o n c o l u mn ) , w h i c h e v e r l o c a t i o n i s mo r e appropriate.

2.4.4.

Note Examples
T h e f o l l o w i n g n o t e s a r e l i s t e d a s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e e x a mp l e s a n d should be used on Engineering Drawings when applicable. S i g n i f i c a n t i n f o r ma t i o n i s t o b e i n s e r t e d w h e r e b l a n k ( s ) a r e i n d i c a t e d a n d , f o r mo s t c a s e s , t h e n o t a t i o n s i n p a r e n t h e s e s a r e f o r i n f o r ma t i o n o n l y . ( W h e n n o t ap p l i c a b l e , d o n o t u s e i n n o t e ) . B e f o r e u s i n g t h e r e f e r e n c e d s p e c i f ic a t i o n s , c h e c k t h e D e p a r t me n t o f Defense Index of Specifications and Standards Publications to ensure that the specification has not been cancelled or superseded. U s e e i t h e r o f t h e f o l l o w i n g s t a t e me n t s a s ma i n h e a d i n g f o r n o t e s : Except as noted or Unless otherwise specified.

2.4.4.1.

Dimension Notes
ALL DIMENSIONS APPLY AFTER SURFACE TREATMENT. DIMENSIONAL LIMITS AND SURFACE ROUGHNESS DESIGNATIONS APPLY (state BEFORE or AFTER) PLATING. (For other coatings, substitute the appropriate expression for plating.) DIMENSIONS TO APPLY AFTER STRESS RELIEF. DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING TO BE INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI Y14.5M-1982. (Note need be added only when drawings are not in compliance with GSFC X-673-64-1F.) GEAR TOLERANCES TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AGMA STANDARD QUALITY (insert number). DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

17

TOOLING-CONTROLLED DIMENSION PER TEMPLATE (or TOOL) NUMBER GX XXXXXXX. THE ACTUAL TOLERANCES ON THE FEATURE'S LOCATIONS ARE CONTROLLED BY THE TEMPLATE. (Note to be flagged to toolingaffected dimensions and tolerances, which are then enclosed in parentheses to indicate a reference; template drawings shall carry a note stating the drawing number of the part they are used to fabricate.) TORQUE LIMITS FOR THREADED FASTENERS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROJECT APPROVED SPECIFICATION NUMBER (OR ENGINEERING ANALYSIS).

2.4.4.2.

Heat Treating Notes


Note for beryllium copper: HEAT TREAT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MIL-H-7199 TO ( Br i n e l l ) . Note for steel: HEAT TREAT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MIL-H-6875 TO XXX. (XXX = Rockwell, Brinell, or Vickers).

N o t e s f o r a l u mi n u m: HEAT TREAT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MIL-H-6088 TO ( Br i n e l l ) . H EAT T R EAT T O CONDITION AFTER (insert BRAZING or WELDING) IN ACCORDANCE WITH MIL-H-6088. AFTER WELDING, SOLUTION HEAT TREAT AND ARTIFICIALLY AGE TO T-6 CONDITION PER MIL-H-6088.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

18

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

2.4.4.3.

Joining Method Notes (welding, brazing, etc.)


T h e f o l l o w i n g s p e c i f i c a t i o n s u p e r s e d e s M I L - W - 8 6 0 4 f o r A l u m. ; MIL-W-8611A for Steel, CRES, and HT RES ALY; and MI L - W - 1 8 3 2 6 f o r Ma g n e s i u m: FUSION WELD IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLASS MIL-STD-2219, PROCESS U SIN G F IL L ER M ET AL AND APPROPRIATE FLUX. (Joint dimension and design should be specified on the drawing.) ELECTRON BEAM WELDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH MIL-W-46132. SOLDER IN ACCORDANCE WITH NHB 5300.4(3A1), . USING SOLDER MATERIAL, QQ-S-571, TYPE SOLDER IN ACCORDANCE WITH DOD-STD-1866 (GENERAL SOLDERING PROCESS FOR ALL TYPES AND MATERIALS FOR NONELECTRICAL APPLICATIONS). N o t e f o r a l u mi n u m: DIP BRAZE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MIL-STD-645; CONDITION PER H EAT T R EAT T O MIL-H-6088. SILVER SOLDER IN ACCORDANCE WITH G R AD E USING MIL-B-7883, TYPE . SOLDER MATERIAL QQ-B-654, CLASS RIVET IN ACCORDANCE WITH MIL-STD-403.

2.4.4.4.

Plating and Coating Notes


P l a t i n g n o t e s a r e g e n er a l l y n o t f o r s p a c e f l i g h t h a r d w a r e u s e i n restricted areas such as optics, electronics, etc., due to flaking. CADMIUM PLATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH QQ-P-416, CLASS . TYPE H A R D C H R O M E P L A T E ( s i z e ) ( s i z e ) T H I C K P E R , CLASS ; DIMENSIONS QQ-C-320, TYPE SHOWN APPLY AFTER PLATING. NICKEL PLATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MIL-STD-171, . F I N I S H ( p a r a . n u m b e r ) , TYPE

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

19

SILVER PLATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH QQ-S-365, , G R AD E . TYPE PAINT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MIL-STD-171, TABLE ; F IN ISH N O . COLOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH FED-STD-595 (color number). N o t e s f o r a l u mi n u m: ANODIZE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MIL-A-8625, TYPE , CLASS COLOR (name of color only). IRIDITE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MIL-C-5541, . CLASS Note for CRES: PASSIVATE PER QQ-P-35, TYPE .

OF MIL-STD-171. F IN ISH Use paragraph that applies to material being used. Note for iron and steel: APPLY PROTECTIVE PHOSPHATE COATING IN ACCORDANCE WITH MIL-C-12968, TYPE . if applicable.) (Add CLASS

N o t e f o r t i t a n i u m: SURFACE FINISH TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AMS 2488, TYPE .

2.4.4.5.

Surface Preparation Notes


SURFACE TO BE CLEANED AND POLISHED FOR VACUUM USE. DO NOT USE ROUGE COMPOUNDS OR CHEMICALS DURING BUFFING OR POLISHING ON ITEMS REQUIRING TANK-TYPE LEAK TESTS. EXTERNAL SURFACE TO BE BUFFED TO . BEFORE ELECTROPOLISHING, MASK ALL SURFACES MARKED .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

20

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

VAPOR DEGREASING PER ASTM D4126, GENERAL SOLVENT GRADE 1,1,1 TRICHLOROETHANE.

2.4.4.6.

Testing and Inspection Notes


THIS PART SHALL HAVE A LEAK RATE OF NOT MORE THAN (1 x 10-7 CC/SEC OF HELIUM) WHEN MEASURED BY A CALIBRATED MASS SPECTROMETER HAVING A SENSITIVITY OF (1 x 10-9 CC/SEC WITH GREATER THAN 90% HELIUM) AT A DIFFERENTIAL OF (ONE) ATMOSPHERE OR EQUIVALENT TEST. RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECTION OF ALL WELDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MIL-STD-00453. ULTRASONIC INSPECTION PER MIL-STD-2154, (Insert I or II), CLASS . TYPE (I = Immersion Method, II = Contact Method.)

For General Fracture Control Plan for Payloads Using the Space Transportation System (STS), refer to GSFC 731-0005-83. One of t h e f o l l o w i n g n o t e s s h o u l d b e u se d f o r p a r t s r e q u i r i n g e t c h i n g and/or liquid penetrant inspection: FRACTURE CRITICAL PART - ETCH AND PENETRANT INSPECT PER GSFC S-313-009, CODE XXXXX. (Usually used for machined parts.) FRACTURE CRITICAL PART - DO NOT ETCH PART. PENETRANT INSPECT PER GSFC S-313-009, CODE XXXXX. (Usually used for rolled parts.) If areas of a part are to be etched and inspected prior to finish ma c h i n i n g , a s e p a r a t e d r a w i n g n o t e s h o u l d c a l l o u t t h i s r e q u i r e me n t t o a v o i d c o s t l y mis t a k e s .

2.4.4.7.

Threaded Inserts Cleaning and Installation Notes


N o t e f o r a l u mi n u m a n d ma g n e t i c s u r f a c e s : CLEAN THREADED INSERTS WITH TRICHLOROETHANE AND BAKE OUT AT 100 DEGREES CELSIUS FOR 3 TO 4 HOURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. APPLY DRY FILM LUBRICANT (insert GOVT. DESIGNATION M-6003, TYPE I or II) PER MIL-L-46010 QPL (LIST). (Type I cure temp. = 150 degrees C.) (Type II cure temp. = 240 degrees C.)

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

21

INSTALL THREADED INSERTS PER XXX. (XXX = MS33537 for coil type, MS51835 for Keen type, or M I L -I -4 5 9 3 2 / 1 f o r t h i n w a l l t y p e . ) INSTALL CLINCH NUTS PER MIL-N-45938/1. AFTER THE BONDING EPOXY IS CURED PER NOTE , AL L IT EM (insert number) THREADED INSERTS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING A CORRESPONDING TORQUE LOAD, AS LISTED IN TORQUE TABLE, WITHOUT BECOMING LOOSE. ALL THREADS ON THREADED FASTENERS SHALL BE FREE OF ADHESIVE AND FOREIGN MATERIAL. TORQUE TABLE THREAD SIZE TORQUE, IN-LBS 6-32 UNC x.x ... ... ... ...

TAP ALL HOLES PRIOR TO COATING; INSTALL THREADED INSERT AFTER COATING.

2.4.4.8.

Miscellaneous Notes
PLACE IN BAG AFTER FINAL ELECTROPOLISHING. BAG SHALL CONFORM TO MIL-P-116, METHOD (see spec.). ALTERED PART SOURCE INFORMATION: PAR T N O .: VEN D O R : ADDRESS: MAINTAIN AS MATCHED SET AFTER MACHINING. Note for NON-flight parts ONLY: STEEL STAMP, ETCH, OR ENGRAVE (size) HIGH +.005 CHARACTER AS SHOWN, X .010 -.000 DEEP. THIS DRAWING TO BE INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GSFC X-673-64-1F. RUBBER STAMP (size) HIGH CHARACTER AS (insert INK or PAINT) IN SH O W N , U SIN G ACCORDANCE WITH (specification *). (* Include manufacturer's part number and address.)

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

22

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

BAG PART PER MIL-P-116, METHOD TAG WITH PART NUMBER. ALTERED SURFACES TO HAVE .

, AND

(Refer to paragraph 10.4.1, page 93, for symbol notation.) FINISH ALL OVER. (Refer to paragraph 10.4.1, page 93, for symbol notation.)

SURFACE ROUGHNESS AS XXX: MACHINED SURFACES . (where XXX is ROLLED, EXTRUDED, or DRAWN). (Refer to paragraph 10.4.1, page 93, for symbol notation.) IN SID E C O R N ER S R MAXIMUM.

UNIT TO BE STRAIGHTENED AND STRESSRELIEVED AFTER WELDING. WELDED OR BRAZED FILLETS TO BE CONFINED TO INSIDE SURFACE. TWINE SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS , CLASS . OF MIL-T-713, TYPE A MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION OF MATERIAL SPECIFICATION COMPLIANCE MUST BE SUPPLIED W IT H PAR T (insert number). MAGNETIC SPECIFICATION--PERMEABILITY OF (specify units) . LESS THAN COMPONENTS MUST BE PACKAGED AND MARKED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE INTERSTATE COMMERCE COMMISSION (ICC) REGULATION 49-CFR71-78; SHIPMENT SHALL BE MADE DIRECTLY TO THE USING AGENCY. EXPLOSIVE (or other applicable wording) COMPONENTS ARE HAZARDOUS AND MUST BE HANDLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE SAFETY REGULATION 49-CFR71-78.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

23

2.4.4.9.

Informational Notes
I n f o r ma t i o n a l n o t e s , s u c h a s t h e f o l l o w i n g g o v e r n me n t r i g h t s t o ma n u f a c t u r e n o t e , s h a l l a p p e a r a d j a c e n t t o t h e r i g h t b o r d e r a n d Title block of the drawing: THE XXXX COMPANY, CHICAGO, IL., PART NUMBER XXXX CORRESPONDS TO THE ITEM DEPICTED ON THIS DRAWING, WHICH IS FURNISHED FOR UNRESTRICTED USE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY U.S. GOVERNMENT MANUFACTURE OR PROCUREMENT. SUCH USE IS AUTHORIZED BY THE XXX COMPANY LETTER NO. AND DATED XXX SIGNED . NO OTHER USE IS AUTHORIZED.

2.4.5.

Local Character Notes


Notes of local character, such as drill notes, thread notes, etc., that r e q u i r e l e a d e r s t o i n d i c a t e t h e f e a tu r e s t o w h i c h t h e y a p p l y , s h a l l b e l o c a t e d i n t h e f i e l d o f t h e d ra w i n g i n p o s i t i o n s a d j a c e n t t o s u c h f e a t u r e s . E a c h n o t e s h a l l s t a t e t h e n u mb e r o f f e a t u r e s t o w h i c h i t applies unless a leader is drawn to each feature.

2.4.6.

General Dimensional Tolerance Notes


T h e g e n e r a l t o l e r a n c e s e n t e r e d i n t h e s u p p l e me n t a r y p o r t i o n o f t h e T i t l e b l o c k s h a l l c o n t r o l a l l d i me n s i o n s a p p l i e d t o t h e d r a w i n g , e x c e p t t h o s e s p e c i f i c a l l y l a b e l e d M a x , M i n , R e f , D a t u m, o r B a s i c , o r d i me n s i o n s h a v i n g t o l er a n c e s a p p l i e d d i r e c t l y t h e r e t o , o r d i me n s i o n s c o n t r o l l e d b y n o te s o r d o c u me n t s i n v o k e d o n t h e d r a w i n g . G e n e r a l t o l e r a n c e s ma y b e c h a n g e d t o t h e p r e v a l e n t tolerances that are required by the drawing type. This is done by striking through the tolerance and inserting the new tolerance b e n e a t h t h e o l d . I n t h e c a s e w h e r e me t r i c t o l e r a n c i n g i s r e q u i r e d , see Section 10.2, subparagraph i, for general tolerances.

2.5.

Specification Callouts
N o r ma l l y , o n l y t h e b a s i c d o c u me n t n u mb e r o f a s p e c i f i c a t i o n s h o u l d b e s h o w n o n t h e d r a w i n g , i n w h i c h c a s e , t h e l a t e s t is s u e i n e f f e c t a t t h e t i me o f i n v i t a t i o n t o b i d s h a l l b e i mp o s e d i n a l l p r o c u r e me n t a c t i o n s . C h a n g e s t o t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n o c c u r r i n g s u b s e q u e n t t o t h e t i me o f i n v i t at i o n t o b i d s h a l l n o t b e i mp o s e d i n c u r r e n t p r o c u r e me n t a c t i o n s u n l e s s t h e d r a w i n g i s r e v i s e d t o s h o w t h e n e w i s s u e b y b a s i c d o c u me n t n u mb e r , r e v i s i o n s , a me n d me n t , a n d / o r d a t e a n d c u r r e n t p r o c u r e me n t a c t i o n s a me n d e d t o s p e c i f y t h e n e w d r a w i n g r e v i s i o n o r E n g i n e e r i n g Order (EO).

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

24

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

I f t h e b a s i c d o c u me n t n u mb e r , r e v i s i o n , a me n d me n t , a n d / o r d a t e o f a s p e c i f i c a t i o n a r e s h o w n o n a d r a w i n g , o n l y t h a t p a r t i c u l a r i s s u e s h a l l b e i mp o s e d i n a l l p r o c u r e me n t a c t i o n s . C h a n g e s t o t h e s pe c i f i c a t i o n o c c u r r i n g s u b s e q u e n t t o t h e t i me o f i n v i t a t i o n t o b i d s h a l l n o t b e i mp o s e d i n e i t h e r c u r r e n t o r f u t u r e p r o c u r e me n t a c t i o n s u n l e s s t h e d r a w i n g i s r ev i s e d t o s h o w t h e n e w i s s u e b y b a s i c d o c u me n t n u mb e r , r e v i s i o n , a me n d me n t , a n d / o r d a t e a n d c u r r e n t p r o c u r e me n t a c t i o n s a me n d e d t o s p e c i f y t h e n e w d r a w i n g r e v i s i o n o r E O . R e g a r d l e s s o f w h e t h e r a s p e c i f i c a t i o n i s s h o w n o n t h e d r a w i n g b y b a s i c d o c u me n t n u mb e r o n l y o r b y a p a r t i c u l a r i s s u e , s u p e r s e d i n g s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ( n e w n u mb e r ) s h a l l n o t b e i mp o s e d i n e i t h e r c u r r e n t o r f u t u r e p r o c u r e me n t a c t i o n s u n l e s s t h e d r a w i n g i s r e v i s e d t o s h o w t h e n e w b a s i c d o c u me n t n u mb e r a n d , i f a p p l i c a b l e , i s s u e a n d c u r r e n t p r o c u r e me n t a c t i o n s a me n d e d t o s p e c i f y t h e n e w d r a w i n g revision or EO.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

25

3. 3.1.

DRAFTING PRACTICES General


T h e s e d r a f t i n g p r a c t i c e s a r e t o b e e mp l o ye d i n t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f d r a w i n g s b y G S F C p e r s o n n e l t o a c h i e v e c o mmo n a l i t y t h r o u g h o u t a n d r e s u l t i n l e g i b l e reproductions at the least cost from original drawings. D r a w i n g s mu s t b e c o mp l e t e a n d u n a mb i g u o u s i n i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . C o mp l e t e d r a w i n g s c o n t a i n o r ma k e r e f e r e n c e t o a l l d a t a n e c e s s a r y f o r f a b r i c a t i n g a n d i n s t a l l i n g t h e p a r t a n d , w h e n a p p l i c a bl e , t h e n e c e s s a r y t e s t r e q u i r e me n t s , p r o c u r e me n t r e q u i r e me n t s , a n d s o u r c e . T h i r d - a n g l e o r t h o g r a p h i c p r o j e c t i o n s h a l l b e u s e d f o r me c h a n i c a l e n g i n e e r i n g d r a w i n g s . ( C e r t a i n d i a g r a ms , s c h e mat i c s , e t c . , a r e e x c e p t e d . ) A l t h o u g h o t h e r t y p e s o f p r o j e c t i o n , s u c h a s i s o me t r i c , p er s p e c t i v e , e t c . , a r e n o t p r o h i b i t e d , t h e i r u s e mu s t b e c o n f i n e d t o a n a u x i l i a r y v ie w o n a d r a w i n g o f a c o mp l e x p a r t w h e n such a view shall aid in visualizing the part. D r a w i n g s n e e d n o t h a v e t h r e e v i e w s , ( i . e . , o n e o r t w o v i e w s a r e p e r mi s s i b l e f o r o b j e c t s t h a t c a n b e c o mp l e t e l y d e f i n e d ) . C o mp l e me n t a r y n o t e s o r d i me n s i o n s a r e acceptable in place of the additional views. The rule shall be that only those views shall be drawn that are necessary to convey the required characteristics of t h e p a r t . V i e w s , d i me n s i o n s , e t c . , s h a l l n o t e x t e n d i n t o t h e ma r g i n s o f t h e drawing.

3.2.

Lines
A c c e p t a b l e q u a l i t y o f r e p r o d u c t i o n s i s d e p en d e n t o n t h e d e n s i t y a n d u n i f o r mi t y o f l i n e w o r k ( a n d l e t t e r i n g ) . T y p e s o f l i n e s d e s c r i b e d h e r e i n a r e me r e l y l i n e c o n v e n t i o n s , b u t i n e v e r y c a s e , e a c h t y p e o f l i ne s h a l l b e o p a q u e a n d o f u n i f o r m w i d t h a n d s h a l l b e u s e d o n a l l d r a w i n g s o t h e r t h a n d i a g r a ms , s u c h a s s c h e ma t i c s , e t c .

3.2.1.

Ink Lines and Plotted Lines


Lines, whether hand-drawn or plotted, shall be opaque and of uniform width for each type of line. Two widths of lines, i.e., thin and thick, with their widths in the proportions of 1:2, shall be used. The actual width of each type of line shall be governed by the size and style of the drawing; the relative widths of the lines shall a p p r o x i ma t e t h o s e s h o w n i n F i g u r e 4 o n p a g e 2 6 .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

26

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

Figure 4: Line Types and Conventions

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

27

3.2.2.

Pencil Lines
Pencil lines shall be opaque and of uniform width throughout their length. The line widths which are specified for ink lines do not apply to p e n c i l l i n e s . C u t t i n g a n d v ie w i n g p la n e l i n e s a r e t h e t h i c k e s t l i n e s on the drawing. However, the thick lines used for outlines and o t h e r v i s i b l e l i n e s s h a l l b e s u f f i c i en t l y p r o mi n e n t t o i mme d i a t e l y differentiate them from lines used for other purposes. Hidden, s e c t i o n i n g , c e n t e r , p h a n t o m, e x t e n si o n , d i me n s i o n , a n d l e a d e r l i n e s shall be thinner than outlines. In selecting the widths of pencil l i n e s , c o n s i d e r a t i o n s h a l l b e g i v e n t o t h e me d i u m o f r e p r o d u c t i o n i n v o l v e d t o e n s u r e p r o p e r r e p r o d u ct i o n a n d r e d u c t i o n o f t h e t h i n n e r lines.

3.2.3. 3.2.3.1.

Types of Lines Center Lines


C e n t e r l i n e s s h a l l b e c o mp o s e d o f l o n g a n d s h o r t d a s h e s , a l t e r n a t e l y and evenly spaced, with a long dash at each end. Center lines shall cross without voids. See Figure 5, below, and Figure 6, page 28.

Figure 5: Line Conventions

V e r y s h o r t c e n t e r l i n e s ma y b e u n b r o k e n i f t h e r e i s n o c o n f u s i o n with other lines. Center lines shall also be used to indicate the travel of a center. See Figure 6 on page 28.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

28

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

Figure 6: Alternate Position

3.2.3.2.

Dimension Lines
D i me n s i o n l i n e s s h a l l t e r mi n a t e i n a r r o w h e a d s a t e a c h e n d . T h e y s h a l l b e u n b r o k e n e x c e p t w h e r e s p a c e i s r e q u i r e d f o r t h e d i me n s i o n . T h e p r o p e r me t h o d o f s h o w i n g d i me n s i o n s a n d t o l e r a n c e s i s e x p l a i n e d i n S e c t i o n 1 . 7 o f A N S I Y 1 4 . 5 M- 1 9 8 2 .

3.2.3.3.

Leaders
Leaders shall be used to indicate a part or portion to which a n u mb e r , n o t e , o r o t h e r r e f e r e n c e a p p l i e s a n d s h a l l b e a n u n b r o k e n l i n e t e r mi n a t i n g i n a n a r r o w h e a d , d o t , o r w a v y l i n e . A r r o w h e a d s s h o u l d a l w a y s t e r mi n a t e a t a l i n e ; d o t s s h o u l d b e w i t h i n t h e o u t l i n e of an object.

3.2.3.4.

Break Lines
Short breaks shall be indicated by solid freehand lines. For long b r e a k s , f u l l r u l e d l i n e s w i t h f r e e h an d z i g z a g s s h a l l b e u s e d . S h a f t s , rods, tubes, etc., which have a portion of their length broken out, shall have the ends of the break drawn as indicated in Figure 7 on page 29.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

29

Figure 7: Break Lines

3.2.3.5.

Phantom Lines
Phantom lines shall be used to indicate the alternate position of parts of the item delineated, repeated detail, or the relative position o f a n a b s e n t p a r t a n d s h a l l b e c o mp o s e d o f a l t e r n a t i n g o n e l o n g a n d two short dashes, evenly spaced, with a long dash at each end. See Figure 5 on page 27, Figure 6 on page 28, and Figure 8, below.

Figure 8: Repeated Detail

3.2.3.6.

Sectioning Lines
Sectioning lines shall be used to indicate the exposed surfaces of an object in a sectional view. They are generally thin full lines, b u t ma y v a r y w i t h t h e k i n d o f ma t e r i a l s h o w n i n s e c t i o n .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

30

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

3.2.3.7.

Extension Lines
E x t e n s i o n l i n e s a r e u s e d t o i n d i c a te t h e e x t e n s i o n o f a s u r f a c e o r t o p o i n t t o a l o c a t i o n o u t s i d e t h e p a r t o ut l i n e . T h e y s t a r t w i t h a s h o r t , visible gap from the outline of the part and are usually p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o t h e i r as s o c i a t e d d i me n s i o n l i n e s .

3.2.3.8.

Hidden Lines
Hidden lines shall consist of short dashes, evenly spaced. These lines are used to show the hidden features of a part. They shall a l w a y s b e g i n w i t h a d a s h i n c o n ta c t w i t h t h e l i n e f r o m w h i c h t h e y begin, except when such a dash would form a continuation of a full line. Dashes shall touch at corners, and arcs shall begin with dashes on the tangent points. See Figure 5 on page 27 and Figure 8 on page 29.

3.2.3.9.

Stitch Lines
S t i t c h l i n e s s h a l l b e u s e d t o in d i c a t e t h e s t i t c h i n g o r s e w i n g l i n e s on an article and shall consist of a series of very short dashes, a p p r o x i ma t e l y h a l f t h e l e n g t h o f d a s h o r h i d d e n l i n e s , e v e n l y s p a c e d . L o n g l i n e s o f s t i t c h i n g ma y b e i n d i c a t e d b y a s e r i e s o f stitch lines connected by phantom lines.

3.2.3.10.

Outlines or Visible Lines


The outline or visible line shall be used for all lines on the drawing representing visible lines on the object; see Figure 5 on page 27.

3.2.3.11.

Datum Lines
Datum lines shall be used to indicate the position of a datum plane and shall consist of one long dash and two short dashes, evenly spaced.

3.2.3.12.

Cutting-Plane/Viewing-Plane Lines
The cutting-plane lines shall be used to indicate a plane or planes in which a section is taken. The viewing-plane lines shall be used to indicate the plane or planes from which a surface or surfaces are v i e w e d . O n s i mp l e v i e w s , t h e c u t t i n g p l a n e s s h a l l b e i n d i c a t e d a s shown in Figure 9 on page 31. View shall be shown in back of the cutting plane (3rd angle).

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

31

Figure 9: Full Sectional View

O n c o mp l e x v i e w s , o r w h e n t h e c u t t i n g p l a n e s a r e b e n t o r o f f s e t , the cutting planes shall be indicated as shown in Figure 10.

Figure 10: Offset Sections

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

32

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

3.3.

Lettering and Numerals


A l l l e t t e r i n g s h a l l b e u p p e r c a s e ( c a p i t a l l e t t e r s ) . N u mb e r s s h a l l b e A r a b i c n u me r a l s . T h e l e t t e r i n g a n d n u me r a l s s ha l l a l w y a s b e p l a c e d i n a h o r i z o n t a l reading position as far as practicable. Other than this, lettering shall be in a h o r i z o n t a l r e a d i n g p o s i t i o n w he n t h e d r a w i n g i s r o t a t e d 9 0 c l o c k w i s e . L e g i b l e l e t t e r i n g i s e s s e n t i a l f o r r e p r o d u c t i o n s . L e t t e r s a n d / o r n u me r a l s s h a l l n o t r u n together. W h e n t y p e w r i t t e n l e t t e r s o r d i g i t s a r e u se d o n d r a w i n g s o r r e l a t e d d a t a , n o t h i n g s ma l l e r t h a n p i c a t y p e i s p e r mi t t e d .

3.3.1.

Style
O t h e r t h a n b e i n g u p p e r c a s e R o man a n d p l a c e d i n a h o r i z o n t a l r e a d i n g p o s i t i o n , t h e l e t t e r i n g i s t ha t o f t h e i n d i v i d u a l 's s t y l e .

3.3.2.

Heights
Lettering heights shall be as follows: Lettering height in inches .25 .25 .19 .25 .19 .16 .14

Drawing Feature: D r a w i n g n u mb e r i n i d e n t i f i c a t i o n b l o c k s Drawing title and description of drawing type above L/M D r a w i n g s u b t i t l e , b o r d e r , l e t t e r s , a n d n u me r a l s Section, detail, view, and tabulation letters Description titles of section, detail, view, notes, and tabulations D i me n s i o n s , t o l e r a n c e s , l i mi t s , n o t e s , s u b t i t l e s , t a b l e s , revision, and zone letters on the field of the drawing L i s t o f ma t e r i a l s i n f o r ma t i o n , n a me b l o c k s , u s e d o n , a n d next assy Note: Use of fit text is not allowed.

3.4.

Scale
D r a w i n g s s h a l l b e ma d e t o f u l l s c a l e u n l e s s t h e p a r t s ( o r a s s e mb l y ) a r e t o o l a r g e t o p e r mi t i t o r s o s ma l l a n d c o mp l e x t h a t d r a w i n g t o a n e n l a r g e d s c a l e i s e s s e n t i a l f o r c l a r i t y . W h e n t h e ma i n v i e w s o f l a r ge p a r t s a r e d r a w n t o a r e d u c e d s c a l e , t h e d e t a i l v i e w s t a k e n t o c l a r i f y d e t a i l sh o u l d b e ma d e t o f u l l s c a l e w h e n e v e r possible. When the part has been drawn to an enlarged scale for clarity, it is not n e c e s s a r y t o ma k e a n a c t u a l - s i z e v i e w . a. The scales preferred for engineering drawings are full size 1/1, reduced 1/2, 1 / 4 , 1 / 1 0 , 1 / 2 0 , a n d e n l a r g e d 2 / 1 , 4 / 1 , 1 0 / 1 , 2 0 / 1 . T h e c o mp u t e r d a t a b a s e f o r t h e f o r ma t s i z e s h a l l b e 1 / 1 a t a l l t i me s .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

33

EXCEPTION: Certain drawings or figures, by their very nature, cannot be drawn to a s p e c i f i c s c a l e ( f o r e x a mp l e , w i r i n g an d s c h e ma t i c d i a g r a m d r a w i n g s . ) T h e scale designation for these cases is NONE. See b, below. b . T h e s c a l e , a s n o t e d a b o v e , o r t h e w o r d N O N E mu s t b e e n t e r e d i n t h e T i t l e block. Do not use the word SIZE following the ratio. The notations 1/4 & N O T E D o r 1 / 2 & N O T E D , e t c . , a p p l y t o t h o s e d r a w i n g s o n w h i c h t h e ma i n v i e w s a r e t o a r e d u c e d s c a l e a n d a u x i l i a r y v i e w s a r e t o s o me o t h e r s c a l e . c. T o ma i n t a i n c o n s i s t e n c y w i t h t i t l e b l o c k c a l l o u t f o r s c a l e , d e t a i l v i e w s s h a l l be noted thus:

DETAIL
Note:

-A

SCALE 1/1

The scale of the view shall be stated only when it differs from that noted in t h e T i t l e b l o c k , w h i c h r e p r e s e n t s t h e ma j o r i t y o f v i e w s a n d s e c t i o n s . d. Original pencil drawings should be to scale within 0.03 inch. When changes to an existing drawing take place, it is required to indicate that a particular f e a t u r e i s n o t t o s c a l e b y u n d e r l i n i n g t h e d i me n s i o n s w i t h a s t r a i g h t l i n e . e. T h e g e o me t r y o f C A D - p r o d u c e d d r a w i n g s s h a l l b e e n t e r e d i n t o t h e e l e c t r o n i c database at one-to-one (full) scale.

3.5.

Positioning the Part on the Drawing


Installations shall usually be positioned on the drawing as they would be seen w h e n v i e w e d f r o m t h e l e f t s i d e o r t o p s id e o f t h e e q u i p me n t w i t h i t s f o r w a r d e n d pointing to the left. I f c l a r i t y c a n b e g r e a t l y i mp r o v e d b y a p o si t i o n t h a t r e s u l t s i n f e w e r h i d d e n l i n e s and foreshortened projections, then that position should be used, and the above r u l e s h o u l d b e d i s r e g a r d e d . S u c h i n s t a n c e s w o u l d b e a d o o r o r d o o r j a mb w h i c h installs on the right side being drawn with the forward portion to the right, or a n u mb e r o f i t e ms i n s t a l l e d o n t h e f o r w a r d s id e o f a p a n e l b e i n g d r a w n l o o k i n g a t the forward side. P a r t s a n d min o r a s s e mb l i e s a r e n o t n e c e s s a r i l y d r a w n i n t h e p o s i t i o n t h e y a s s u me i n t h e e q u i p me n t . T h e y ma y b e d r a w n w i t h s o me s u r f a c e , s i d e , o r r e f e r e n c e l i n e parallel or perpendicular to the lower border of the drawing. Lathe-turned parts a r e u s u a l l y d r a w n w i t h t h e l a r g e r d i a me t e r s t o t h e l e f t .

3.5.1.

Picturization
U n n e c e s s a r y d e t a i l s h a l l b e o mi t t e d f r o m a l l v i e w s a n d s e c t i o n s i f c l a r i t y i s n o t s a c r i f i c e d a n d i f d r a f t i n g t i me i s r e d u c e d . S e e F i g u r e 11 on page 34.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

34

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

Figure 11: Details of Auxiliary

3.5.2.

Sections
a. A s e c t i o n a l v i e w s h a l l b e ma d e t h r o u g h a n o u t s i d e v i e w a n d n o t through another sectional view. See Figure 12 on page 35.

b. The location of a section is indicated by a cutting plane with reference letters and arrowheads showing the direction in which the section is viewed. c. Sectional views shall not project directly ahead of the cuttingplane arrowheads and should be as near as practicable to the portions of the drawing that they clarify.

d. The axes of sectional views should not be rotated; however, the c u t t i n g p l a n e ma y v a r y i n d i re c t i o n ( s e e F i g u r e 1 2 ) . I f v i e w s h a v e t o b e r o t a t e d , t h e a n g l e an d d i r e c t i o n o f r o t a t i o n mu s t b e given. e. Visible and invisible outlines beyond the cutting plane should not be shown unless necessary for clarification. Shafts, bolts, nuts, etc., which are in a cutting plane should not be cross-hatched.

f.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

35

NOT RECOMMENDED SECTION ROTATED XX CW INCORRECT PROJECTION WRONG SIDE OF CUTTING PLANE NOT ACCEPTABLE

A
CORRECT BUT NOT IN LINE OF PROJECTION

SECTION

A-A

CORRECT BUT NOT IN LINE OF PROJECTION

Figure 12: Designation and Positioning of Sectional Views

g . T h e c r o s s - h a t c h i n g s y mb o l f o r c a s t i r o n s h o u l d b e u s e d r e g a r d l e s s o f ma t e r i a l a s s h o w n i n F i g u r e 1 3 . I f e s s e n t i a l f o r c l a r i t y , ma t e r i a l f r o m w h i c h t h e p a r t s a r e ma d e s h o u l d b e i n d i c a t e d b y t h e c o n v e n t io n s g i v e n i n A N S I Y 1 4 . 2 M - 1 9 7 9 .

CAST OR MALLEABLE IRON AND GENERAL USE FOR ALL MATERIALS

Figure 13: Conventions for Material

h . W h e n s e c t i o n s a r e r e mo t e l y l o c a t e d , z o n e i n f o r ma t i o n s h a l l b e added to both locations (i.e., from where the section is taken and to the location where the section is shown).

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

36

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

3.5.3.

Views
A view is used to enlarge or clarify a portion of the drawing. See Figure 14.

A
D

5A

SH3

SEE VIEW
SCALE 2/1

A-A

1D SH1

(TITLE BLOCK NOT SHOWN)

Figure 14: Clarification of a Portion of a Drawing

a.

P r o j e c t e d v i e w s w h i c h a r e s h o w n a l o n g c o mmo n c e n t e r l i n e s t o their origin need not be identified. Views located directly ahead of viewing plane arrowheads are absolutely prohibited.

b. Transported views or sections are those which are not direct p r o j e c t i o n s . T h e y mu s t b e i d e n t i f i e d w h e r e s h o w n , b y l e t t e r s , and at their origin by the cutting plane lines and letters. c. Views should not be rotated; however, if views have to be r o t a t e d f o r a l e g i t i ma t e r e a s o n , t h e a n g l e a n d d i r e c t i o n o f r o t a t i o n mu s t b e g i v e n .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

37

3.5.4.

Details
A detail is a partial view which shows a portion of another view in t h e s a me p l a n e a n d w i l l u s u a l l y d e p i c t g r e a t e r d e t a i l . D e t a i l s should not be rotated. See Figure 15.

DETAIL
SCALE 4/1

SEE DETAIL

Figure 15: Identification of Details

3.5.5.

Identification of Sections, Views, and Details


a. Identifying letters for sections, views, and details are assigned in alphabetical sequence as follows: For sections and such views as A-A in Figure 14 on page 36, use hyphenated letters. A f t e r Z - Z , b e g i n : A A - A A , A B - A B , e t c .

b. For encircled details such as detail A in Figure 15, use single letters. After Z, begin: AA, AB, etc. c. The letters I, O, Q, and X, either as a single letter or as double-letter entries, shall not be used. A designated letter or c o mb i n a t i o n o f l e t t e r s o n a r e l e a s e d d r a w i n g s h a l l n o t b e u s e d f o r a n o t h e r s e c t i o n , v i e w , o r d e t a i l o n t h e s a me d r a w i n g .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

38

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

3.5.6.

Locating Sections, Views, and Details


O n z o n e d a n d / o r mu l t i s h e e t d r a w i n g s, a v i e w , s e c t i o n , o r d e t a i l a n d the portion of the drawing it clarifies shall be cross-referenced as follows:

Reference on Original Drawing to View on Clarifying Sheet


5A SH3

Reference at View on Clarifying Sheet to Original Drawing

SEE VIEW

A-A

VIEW

A-A

1D SH1

SCALE 4/1

Note: Zone block size is 1/2-inch square.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

39

4. 4.1.

TYPES OF DRAWINGS Altered or Selected Vendor Part Drawing


Altered vendor part or selected vendor part drawings shall be prepared on GSFC f o r ma t w h e n a n e x i s t i n g v e n d o r p a r t c a n n o t b e u s e d a s i s a n d i t i s d e s i r e d t o d o c u me n t a n d c o n t r o l t h e a l t e r a t i o n o r s e l e ct i o n o f t h e p a r t . P r e p a r a t i o n s h a l l n o t b e i n i t i a t e d u n t i l t h e v e n d o r h a s b e e n r eq u e s t e d t o ma k e t h e a l t e r a t i o n o r s e l e c t i o n , s u p p l y h i s n u mb e r , a n d s u p p l y d o c u me n t a t i o n . W h e n t h e d r a w i n g i s prepared by GSFC, it shall specify the part to be altered or selected by vendor n u mb e r , n a me , a n d a d d r e s s a n d s h a l l c o mp l e t e l y d e l i n e a t e t h e a l t e r a t i o n o r selection. In addition, the drawing shall specify reidentification of the part by t h e G S F C p a r t n u mb e r . A n a l t e r e d o r s e l e c t e d v e n d o r p a r t d r a w i n g s h a l l b e i d e n t i f i e d b y t h e w o r d s A l t e r e d V e n d o r P ar t D r a w i n g i mme d i a t e l y a b o v e t h e Title block. See Figure 16.

R E V IS IO N S Y M D E S CR IP TIO N D A TE A P PR O V A L

N O TES: U N LESS O THER W ISE SPEC IFIED 1. ALTER ED PAR T SO U R C E IN FO R M ATIO N ; PAR T NO : 118-R -0715 R ELAY VEN D O R ; LEAC HC O R P. AD D RESS; LO S AN G ELES, C ALIF. 2. IN K STAM P PAR TN U M BER PER .......... SU G ESTED SO U RC EO F SU PPLY (IN K) ............... ............... ...............

.218

+ .006 - .000

-1 H O LE

EN LAR G E EXISTIN G AT THIS LO C ATIO NO N LY

.166 HO LE

FO LD

SEE N O TE 2 (R EID EN TIFY TH E PART TO G SFC PAR T N U M BER G CXXXXXXX.)


ITE M N O . U N LE S SO TH E R W IS E SP E C IFIED -D IM EN S IO N SA R E IN IN C H E S R EQ 'D R EQ 'D PA R T NO .

DE S CR IPTIO N

M A TER IA L

M A TER IA LS P E C&N O .

LIST O FM ATER IA L
N ATIO N A LA ER O N A UTIC SA N D S P ACE A D M IN IS TR ATIO N

TO LE R A N C ES :
.XX .XXX FRACTIONS 125

G oddard S pace Flight C enter


IN IT D A TE

G R E E N BE LT, M A R Y LA N D

.02

.005

1/16

N A M E D E S IG N E R

D R A W IN GINTE R P R ETE D PER G S FC-X 673-64-1

R E M O V EA LL B U R R SA N DS H A R P ED G E S R .010 O RC H A M FER M A X .

FLIG HT HARD W ARE/PO ST FAB HARD NESS TEST REQ 'D H ARDNESS TEST N O T REQ UIRED NO N FLIG HT

D R A W N

TITLE

TEST HARDNESS PER ASTM E-18, LO CATIO NO PTIO NAL TEST HARDNESS PER ASTM E-18 W HERE INDICATED O N FIELD O F DRAW ING THUS N O NO N-DESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION (NDE) REQ 'D NDE REQ UIRED PER S-313-009 CO DE
TH IS D R AW IN GW A S PR O D U C E DU S IN G

C H E C KED

A P PRO VE D

A P PRO VE D

A P PRO VE D -S TR E S S S O FTW A R E: V ER SIO N : A P PR O VE D -E N G IN E E R FILE N A M E : N E XT A SSY U S E DO N C O D E S C A LE W T SH

RE V

G C
FO LD LIN E

Figure 16: Sample Altered or Selected Vendor Part Drawing

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

G C

ALTER ED VE ND O RP AR T DR AW ING

R E V

LIN E

40

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

4.2.

Assembly Drawing
A n a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g s h o w s t w o o r mo r e s e p a r a b l e p a r t s j o i n e d t o f o r m a s t o c k a b l e i t e m, o r a g r o u p o f a s s e mb l i e s r e q u i r e d t o f o r m a n a s s e mb l y o f h i g h e r o r d e r . F i g u r e 1 7 s h o w s a n e x a mp l e o f a n a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g w h e n a s e p a r a t e p a r t s l i s t i s r e q u i r e d . F i g u r e 3 4 , A s s e mb l y D r a w i n g W i t h L i s t o f M a t e r i a l , o n p a g e 8 0 , s h o w s a n a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g w i t h t h e L i s t o f M a t e r i a l o n t h e d r a w i n g . R e f e r a l s o t o S e c t i o n 5 . 1 , P a r t N u mb e r i n g , o n p a g e 6 1 .

R E V IS IO N S Y M D E S CR IP TIO N D A TE A P PR O V A L

G XXXXXX1

M S15795-305

M S35649-63 9 2X 10

2X M S35234-17

G XXXXXX5

M S15795-305

11

M S35649-44

2X 3 G XXXXXX6

FOL D

4X 4 G XXXXXX3
R EV

2X 5 G XXXXXX4

G XXXXXX2

ITE M N O .

R EQ 'D

R EQ 'D

PA R T NO .

DE S CR IPTIO N

M A TER IA L

M A TER IA LS P E C&N O .

LIST O FM ATER IA L
N ATIO N A LA ER O N A UTIC SA N D S P ACE A D M IN IS TR ATIO N

U N LE S SO TH E R W IS E SP E C IFIED -D IM EN S IO N SA R E IN IN C H E S

TO LE R A N C ES :
.XX .XXX FRACTIONS 125

G oddard S pace Flight C enter


IN IT D A TE

G R E E N BE LT, M A R Y LA N D

.02

.005

1/16

N A M E D E S IG N E R

D R A W IN G INTE R P R ETE D PER G S FC -X 673-64-1

R E M O V EA LL B U R R SA N DS H A R P ED G E S R .010 O RC H A M FER M A X .

FLIG HT HARD W ARE/PO ST FAB HARD NESS TEST REQ 'D H ARDNESS TEST N O T REQ UIRED NO N FLIG HT

D R A W N

TITLE

TEST HARDNESS PER ASTM E-18, LO CATIO NO PTIO NAL TEST HARDNESS PER ASTM E-18 W HERE INDICATED O N FIELD O F DRAW ING THUS N O NO N-DESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION (NDE) REQ 'D NDE REQ UIRED PER S-313-009 CO DE
TH IS D R AW IN GW A S PR O D U C E DU S IN G

C H E C KED

A P PR O VE D

A P PR O VE D

A P PR O VE D -S TR E S S S O FTW A R E: V ER SIO N : A P PR O VE D -E N G IN E E R FILE N A M E : N E XT A SSY U S E DO N C O D E S C A LE W T SH

RE V

G C
FO LD LIN E

Figure 17: Sample Assembly Drawing

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

G C

LIN E

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

41

4.3.

Detail Drawing
A d e t a i l d r a w i n g s h o w s a l l t h e i n f o r ma t i o n n e c e s s a r y f o r f a b r i c a t i n g a n i t e m, i n c l u d i n g t h e ma t e r i a l f r o m w h i c h i t i s ma d e a n d t h o s e f i n i s h e s , p r o t e c t i v e c o a t i n g s , a n d p r o c e s s e s r e q u i r e d t o f a b ri c a t e t h e e n d p r o d u c t . O n l y o n e i t e m (detail part) shall be presented per drawing. See Figure 18.

RE V IS IO N S Y M D E S C R IP TIO N D A TE A P P R O V A L

N O TES: U N LESS O THER W ISE SPEC IFIED 1. IR IDITE IN AC C O R DAN C EW ITH M IL-C -5541. C LASS1A. 2 R U BBER STAM P .125 H IG HC H AR AC TER S AS SH O W NU SIN G ____________. O R IG IN AL SO U R CE O F SU PPLY: _________ IN SER TC O M PLETE AD D RESS _________

O .500

1.500
FO LD LIN E

.750

1.000

1.120 2.250

R EV

BAR

AL ALY

Q Q -A -225/8 6061-T6

ITE M N O .

R EQ 'D

R E Q 'D

P A R TN O .

D E S C R IP TIO N

M A TE R IAL

M A TE R IA LS P E C &N O .

LIST O FM ATER IAL


N A TIO N A LA E R O N A U TIC SA N D S P A C EA D M IN IS TR ATIO N

U N LE S SO TH E R W IS ES P E C IFIE D -D IM E N S IO N SA R E IN IN C H ES

TO LER AN CES:
.XX .XXX FRA CTIO NS 125

G oddard Space Flight C enter


IN IT DA TE

G R E E N B ELT, M A R Y LA N D

.02

.005

1/16

N A M E DE S IG N E R

D R A W IN G IN TE R P R E TE DP E RG S FC -X 673-64-1

R E M O V EA LL B U R R SA N DS H A R PE D G ES R .010 O RC H AM FE RM A X .

FLIG HT HA RDW ARE/PO ST FAB HA RDNESS TES TR EQ 'D H ARDN ESS TEST N O T RE Q UIRE D NO N FLIG HT

DR A W N

TITLE

TES TH ARDNESS PE R AS TME-18, LO CATIO NO PTIO NAL TES TH ARDNESS PE R AS TME-18 W H ERE IND ICATED O N FIELD O F DR AW ING THUS N O NO N-DESTRU CTIVE EXAM INATIO N (ND E) REQ 'D NDE REQ U IRED PER S-313-009 CO DE
TH IS D R A W IN GW A SP R O D U C ED U S IN G

CH E C K E D

AP P R O V E D

AP P R O V E D

AP P R O V E D -S TR E S S SO FTW A R E : V E R SIO N : AP P R O V E D -E N G IN EE R FILE N A M E : N E XT ASS Y U S E DO N C O D E S C A LE W T S H

R EV

G C
FO LD LIN E

Figure 18: Sample Detail Drawing

In the case of inseparable parts (such as those that are welded, riveted, bonded, or b r a z e d , e t c . ) w h i c h f o r m a n i n t e g r a l u n i t ( p a r t ) n o t c a p a b l e o f b e i n g d i s a s s e mb l e d f o r r e p l a c e me n t , r e f e r t o p a r a g r a p h 4 . 6 e n t i t l e d I n s e p a r a b l e A s s e mb l y D r a w i n g on page 44. Multidetail drawings are not allowed. The GSFC requires a unique drawing n u mb e r p e r p a r t s o t h a t e a c h p a r t c a n b e i n d i v i d u a l l y e s t i ma t e d b y f a b r i c a t o r s a n d identified for inspection and configuration tracking.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

G C

42

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

4.4.

Drawing Tree
A d r a w i n g t r e e i s u s e d t o c o n t r o l t h e d e v e l o p me n t o f d r a w i n g s a n d t h e i r p l a c e i n t h e o v e r a l l s c h e me o f t h e p r o j e c t . A l t h o u g h t h i s t y p e d r a w i n g i s n o t a r e q u i r e me n t f o r e a c h p r o j e c t , w h e n u s e d p ro p e r l y a n d k e p t u p t o d a t e , i t c a n b e a v a l u a b l e ma n a g e me n t a i d a n d c a n b e co n t a i n e d i n a c o n f i g u r a t i o n ma n a g e me n t database. See Figure 19.
TOP ASSY CONFI GURATI ON DWG GE XXXXXXX -

PAYLOAD MODULE-A GJ 2456000 C 4, 5 ELECTRI CAL GJ 2450200 *

I NTERFACE CONTROL DWGS -

I NSTALLATI ON DRAWINGS GJ 2452100 A

GROUND HANDLING EQUI PMENT GE 2450300 -

SOLAR ARRAY BATTERY AVI ONI CS ASSY GF 2456050 A TBD I NSTALLATI ON GE 2452200 2 DOLLY ASSY GJ 2450330 -

ENCODER BOX GE 2456042 -

UV SENSOR I NSTL GD 2452250 D

FRAME, WELDI NG GE 2450350 -

BRACKET, CONNECTOR GD 2456070 -

STAND, MOUNTI NG GE 2450351 C

DUAL BRACKET ASSY 1 GE 2456010 -

TYPICAL SYMBOL LIST AUTOCAD DRAWING * DRAWING SIZE DRAWING NUMBER PRE-ASSIGNED DRAWING NUMBER MULTI-USE DRAWING DRAWING REVISION LETTER LIST OUTSTANDING EO NOS.
3

LI FTI NG FIXTURE GE 2450360 A

BRACKET, DUAL

** **
-

CABLE, HOI ST GD 2450365 -

GD 2456789

DUAL HI NGE

SLI NG GF 24550362 -

TBD

TO BE DETERMINED

GE 2456290

SPRI NG, EXTERNAL GC 2456273

WASHER GC 2450424 B

SPRING, DETENT GC 2456272

Figure 19: Sample Drawing Tree

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

43

4.5.

Electrical/Electronic Drawings
E l e c t r i c a l / e l e c t r o n i c d r a w i n g s a r e p r e p a r e d t o d e p i c t s c h e ma t i c s , w i r i n g d i a g r a ms , c a b l e i n t e r c o n n e c t i o n s , a n d d e t a i l e d c a b l e a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g s .

4.5.1.

Electrical and Electronic Symbols


A p p l i c a t i o n : S y mb o l s s h a l l b e i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h A N S I Y 3 2 . 2 1975, Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronic Diagrams (or later revisions), unless otherwise noted. G r a p h i c e l e c t r i c a l w i r in g s y mb o l s f o r a r c h i t e c tu r a l a n d e l e c t r i c a l l a yo u t d r a w i n g s s h a l l c o n f o r m t o A N S I Y 3 2 . 9 - 1 9 7 2 , G r a p h i c Symbols for Electrical Wiring and Layout Diagrams Used in Architecture and Building Construction (or later revisions).

4.5.2.

Electrical and Electronic Diagrams


A p p l i c a t i o n : D i a g r a ms s h a l l b e i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h A N S I Y 1 4 . 1 5 1966 (R-73) Electrical and Electronic Diagrams (or later revisions); ANSI Y14.15a-1971, Interconnection Diagrams, subsection 15-11; ANSI Y14.15b-1973, Electrical and Electronics Diagrams, subsections 15-1 through 15-10, and 15-12.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

44

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

4.6.

Inseparable Assembly Drawing


A n i n s e p a r a b l e a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g d e l i n e a te s i t e ms ( p i e c e s ) w h i c h a r e s e p a r a t e l y f a b r i c a t e d a n d a r e p e r ma n e n t l y j o i n e d t o g e t h e r ( e . g . , w e l d e d , b r a z e d , r i v e t e d , nailed, bonded, etc.) to form an integral unit (part) not capable of being readily d i s a s s e mb l e d . A n i n s e p a r a b l e a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g ma y b e p r e p a r e d i n l i e u o f i n d i v i d u a l mo n o d e t a i l d r a w i n g s f o r i n s e p a r a b l e a s s e mb l i e s i n t e n d e d t o b e procured and replaced as a unit, where (except for standard hardware) the s e p a r a t e p a r t s a r e o f s i mi l a r o r c o mp a t i b l e ma t e r i a l s . S e e F i g u r e 2 0 ( a l l d a t a , s u c h a s n o t e s a n d l i s t o f ma t e r i a l , a r e n o t s h o w n ) .

R E V IS IO N S Y M D E SCR IP TIO N D A TE A P PR O V A L

2X

.125+ - .000
4.000

.006

.063

.063 R .125

3.500

.250

1.000

1.250 .875 .250 TYP

.750 1.000

1.960

.063

G XXXXXX2

FOL D R EV

M S20426-X

ITE M N O .

R E Q 'D

R E Q 'D

P A R TN O .

D E S CR IP TIO N

M A TER IA L

M A TER IA LS P E C&N O .

LIST O FM ATER IAL


N A TIO N A LA E R O N A UTIC SA N D SP AC EA D M IN IS TR ATIO N

U N LE S SO TH E R W IS E SP E C IFIE D -D IM EN S IO N SA R E IN IN CH E S

TO LE R A N C ES :
.XX .XXX FRACTIONS 125

G oddard S pace Flight C enter


INIT D A TE

G R E EN BE LT, M A R YLA N D

.02

.005

1 /16

N A M E D ES IG N E R

D R A W IN GINTE R P R ETE D PER G S FC-X 673-64-1

R E M O V EA LL BU R R SA ND S H A R P ED G E S R .010 O RC H AM FER M A X.

FLIG HT HARDW AR E/PO ST FAB HARDNESS TEST REQ 'D HARDNESS TEST NO T REQ UIR ED NO N FLIG HT

D R AW N

TITLE

TEST H ARDNESS PER ASTM E-18, LO C ATIO NO PTIO NAL TEST HARDNESS PER ASTM E-18 W H ERE INDICATED O N FIELD O F DRAW ING THUS NO NO N-DESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION (NDE) REQ 'D NDE REQ UIRED PER S-313-009 CO DE
TH IS D R A W INGW A S PR O D U C E DU S IN G

C H EC KE D

AP PR O V E D

AP PR O V E D

AP PR O V E D -S TR E S S S O FTW A R E: V E R SIO N : AP PR O V E D -E N G IN E ER FILE N A M E : N E X TA S SY U S ED O N C O D E S C A LE W T S H

R E V

G C
FO LD LIN E

Figure 20: Sample Inseparable Assembly Drawing

A n i n s e p a r a b l e a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g s h al l f u l l y d e f i n e t h e e n d p r o d u c t o r d e t a i l a s s e mb l y a s a s s e mb l e d . P i e c e s o f t h e i n s e p a r a b l e a s s e mb l y ma y b e d e t a i l e d e i t h e r o n s e p a r a t e d e t a i l d r a w i n g s o r o n t h e i n s e p a r a b l e a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g i t s e l f . I n t h e c a s e o f w e l d me n t s , t h e p a r t s s h a l l n o t b e i n d i v i d u a l l y d e t a i l e d o n s e p a r a t e d r a w i n g s ( d u e t o t h e c o n s u ma b l e ma t e r i a l al l o w a n c e s t h a t w o u l d h a v e t o b e s h o w n o n d e t a i l d r a w i n g s ) , e x c e p t i n c a s e s w h e r e e x t e n s i v e ma c h i n i n g mig h t b e necessary.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

G C

LINE

M S33588-X

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

45

4.7.

Installation Assembly Drawing


A n i n s t a l l a t i o n a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g s h o w s w h e r e a n d h o w p a r t s a n d / o r a s s e mb l i e s a r e i n s t a l l e d r e l a t i v e t o s u p p o r t i n g s t r u ct u r e o r a s s o c i a t e d i t e ms . I t s h o w s l o c a t i n g d i me n s i o n s , t o l e r a n c i n g , s p e c i f i e s a t t a c h i n g p a r t s ( s u c h a s r i v e t s , b o l t s , o r s c r e w s ) a n d s p e c i f i c a d j u s t me n t s , a s s e mb l y i n s t r u c t i o n s , a n d p r o c e s s e s r e q u i r e d f o r c o mp l e t i n g a n d i n s p e c t i n g t h e i n s t a l l a t i o n . F i g u r e 2 1 s h o w s a n e x a mp l e w h e n a s e p a r a t e p a r t s l i s t i s r e q u i r e d .

R E V IS IO N S YM D E S CR IP TIO N D A TE A P PR O V A L

(G XXXXXX9)

.250

+ .004 - .000 4 1 G XXXXXX1 5 G XXXXXX3 (PEEN EN D S) G XXXXXX2

4.300
1.812

G XXXXXX4 2.500

6.000
2 3 9 2X .500 G XXXXXX8 8

G XXXXXX5

G XXXXXX6 1.380
FOL D LINE

G XXXXX12 G XXXXX13 10 G XXXXX10 .625 1.150 11 G XXXXX11 1.000

R EV

ITE M N O .

R E Q 'D

R E Q 'D

P A R TN O .

D E SCR IP TIO N

M A TER IA L

M A TER IA LS P E C&N O .

LIST O FM ATER IAL


N A TIO N A LA E R O N A UTIC SA N D S P AC EA D M IN IS TR ATIO N

U N LE S SO TH E R W IS E SP EC IFIE D -D IM EN SIO N SA R E IN IN C H E S

TO LE R A N C E S :
.XX .XXX FRAC TIONS 125

G oddard S pace Flight C enter


IN IT D A TE

G R E E N BELT, M A R Y LA N D

.02

.005

1/16

N A M E D E S IG N E R

D R A W IN G INTE R P R ETED PE RG S FC -X 673-64-1

R EM O VE A LL B U R R SA N DS H AR P EDG ES R .010 O RC H A M FER M A X .

FLIG HT HARDW ARE/PO ST FAB HARDNESS TEST REQ 'D HARDNESS TEST NO T REQ UIRED NO N FLIG HT

D R A W N

TITLE

TEST HAR DNESS PER ASTM E-18, LO CATIO NO PTIO NAL TEST H ARDNESS PER ASTM E-18 W HERE INDICATED O N FIELD O F DRAW ING THUS NO NO N-D ESTR UCTIVE EXAM INATIO N (NDE) REQ 'D NDE REQ UIRED PER S-313-009 CO DE
TH IS D R A W IN GW A S PR O D U C E DU S IN G

C H E C KE D

A P PR O V E D

A P PR O V E D

A P PR O V E D -S TR E SS S O FTW A R E: V E R SIO N : A P PR O V E D -E N G IN E E R FILE N A M E : N E X TA S SY U S E DO N C O D E S C A LE W T SH

RE V

G C
FO LD LIN E

Figure 21: Sample Installation Assembly Drawing

a.

That portion of the structure into which the installation is being installed shall b e s h o w n i n p h a n t o m a n d i d e n t i f i e d b y i t s p a r t n u mb e r . S u c h i d e n t i f i c a t i o n s s h a l l b e i n d i c a t e d a s r e f e r e n c e i n f o r mat i o n b y e n c l o s u r e o f t h e p a r t n u mb e r i n p a r e n t h e s e s o r b y u s e o f t h e s y mb o l R E F .

b. Applicable datum points or planes, such as center lines of structure, plane of s y mme t r y , s t a t i o n p l a n e s , e t c . , s h a l l b e s h o w n a n d i d e n t i f i e d . c. P a r t s ma y b e d e t a i l e d i n p l a c e o n i n s t a l l a t i o n d r a w i n g s w h e n c o n v e n i e n t .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

G C

46

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

4.8.

Interface Control Drawing


A n i n t e r f a c e c o n t r o l d r a w i n g s h a l l b e u s e d t o ma i n t a i n c o mp a t i b i l i t y o f a l l p h y s i c a l a n d f u n c t i o n a l d e s i g n s b e t w e e n d if f e r e n t e n g i n e e r i n g d e s i g n a c t i v i t i e s . T h e d r a w i n g s h a l l c o mmu n i c a t e d e s i g n c r i t er i a s u c h a s d i me n s i o n s , h o l e a n d / o r b o l t s i z e s , h a r d w a r e , a n d u l t i ma t e c h a n g e s r e l a t i v e t o c o f u n c t i o n i n g s y s t e ms . Interface Control Drawing shall be added directly above the Title block. No l i s t o f ma t e r i a l s i s p e r mi t t e d o n t h i s t y p e o f d r a w i n g ; i t i s n o t t o b e u s e d t o ma n u f a c t u r e p a r t s . S e e F i g u r e s 2 2 a , b e l o w , a n d 2 2 b o n p a g e 4 8 .

R E V IS IO N S Y M D E SCR IP TIO N D A TE A P PR O V A L

N O TES: U N LESS O THER W ISE SPEC IFIED 1 SU PPLIED BY XZ C O R P. 12 W A TER LA N E B O S S, C T 06132 TH IS D R AW IN G IS N O T TO BE U SED FO R FABR IC ATIO N O R IN SPEC TIO N. 15.500

12 x .281 .007

.004 .000 M A B C 23.250

7.750

+Y 3.000 .375 1.500 6.000 12.000 9.000


FOL D LIN E

-B-

SE CTIO N
24.000

A -A
R EV

-C +Y C O N TR O L BO X #5 +Z 23-30'

7.000
ITE M N O . R E Q 'D R E Q 'D P A R TN O . D E S CR IP TIO N M A TER IA L M A TER IA LS P E C&N O .

-A-

LIST O FM ATER IAL


N A TIO N A LA E R O N A UTIC SA N D SP AC EA D M IN IS TR ATIO N

U N LE S SO TH E R W IS E SP E C IFIE D -D IM EN S IO N SA R E IN IN CH E S

TO LE R A N C ES :

G oddard S pace Flight C enter


INIT D A TE

G R E EN BE LT, M A R YLA N D

A
PLATFO R M #5 R EF VIEWLO O KIN GO U TBO AR D 1

.XX

.XXX

FRACTIONS

125

.02

.005

1 /16

N A M E DE S IG N E R

D R A W IN GINTE R P R ETE D PE RG S FC -X 673-64-1

R EM O VE A LL BU R R S AN DS H A RP ED G E S R .010 O R CH A M FER M A X.

FLIG HT HARDW AR E/PO ST FAB HARDNESS TEST REQ 'D HARDNESS TEST NO T REQ UIR ED NO N FLIG HT

DR A W N

TITLE

TEST H ARDNESS PER ASTM E-18, LO C ATIO NO PTIO NAL TEST H ARDNESS PER ASTM E-18 W H ERE IN DICATED O N FIELD O F DRAW ING THUS NO NO N-DESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION (NDE) REQ 'D NDE REQ UIRED PER S-313-009 CO D E
TH IS D R A W INGW A S PR O D U C E DU S IN G

CH E C KE D

AP PR O V E D

AP PR O V E D

AP PR O V E D -S TR E S S S O FTW A R E: V E R SIO N : AP PR O V E D -E N G IN E ER FILE N A M E : N E X TA S SY U S ED O N C O D E S C A LE W T S H

R E V

G C
FO LD LIN E

Figure 22a: Sample Interface Control Drawing

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

G C

INTER FAC EC O N TR O L DR AW ING

R EVISIO N SYM D ESC RIPTIO N D ATE AP PR O V AL

1. N O TES :U N LESS O TH ER W ISE SPE CIFIED

SU PP O R T PO STS FO LD AW AY FO R TU R N O V ER

AN DR EM O VE FO R SH IPPIN G . R 101.431

W L 302.00 C 5A

190.00 4.00

68.524

55.162 R EM O VAB LE SU PP O R T TU R N O VER AX IS C O V ER Z 414 TR U N N IO N STR U T

IN C LU D IN G

C O V ER S

Z414

Z 400 31.839 1.00 65.239 SLO TTED 52.914 SP AC ER 104.314 FO R TU R N O V ER M O TIO N (S H O W N ) 105.314 FO R TU R N O V ER EQ U IPM EN T IN STALLA TIO N 5.00 JA C K LO AD C ELL N O TE 1 4.39 9.562 ATTEN . FR . Z 300.76 R EF 16.17 46.83
RE V

FO LD

6.93 SP AC ER

11.17

M PF

W L 140.00 C 5A 36.361

4.00 FO RP ALLET

AN DR O LLER S

7.00 48.00 2.072 69.75

49.013

C 5A S H IPPIN G C O N FIG U R ATIO N TU R N O VE R P O SITIO N


47.902

U A R IN
ITEM N O . U NLESS O TH ER W IS E SP ECIFIED -DIM EN SIO N S AR E IN IN CH ES R EQ D R EQ D PA RT N O . D ESC RIPTIO N M ATER IA L M ATER IA LS PE C & NO .

LIS TO FM ATE R IA L
N ATIO NA LA ER O N AU TICS A ND

46.83

T O LE R A N C E S :
.XX .XXX FR AC TIO N S 125

SP AC E AD M IN IS TR ATIO N

G oddard Space Flight Center


.02 .005 1 1/16
R EM O VE ALL B UR RS A ND S HARP E DG ES R .010 O RC HAM FER M AX. N AM E D ESIG NE R INIT D ATE

G RE EN BELT, M AR YLA ND

D RA W IN G INTE RP RETE D PER G SFC -X673-64-1

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

H IN G E PO IN T

FLIG H TH AR D W AR E

/PO S T FA BH A R DN ESS TES TR EQ 'D HA R D N ESS TES T NO TR EQ U IRED NO N FLIG HT TE ST H ARD N ES S PE R ASTM E-18, LO C A TIO NO PTIO N AL TE ST H ARD N ES S PE R ASTM E-18 W H ER E IND IC A TE D

D RA W N

TITLE

C HE CKE D

1.5 1.0

O N FIELD O FD R AW ING TH US NO N O N -DE STR UC TIVE E XAM IN ATIO N (N D E) R EQ 'D ND ER EQ U IRED P ER S -313-009 C O D E
TH IS D R AW ING W A S PR O DU CE D US IN G

APPR OV ED

17.375
SO FTW AR E: VERS IO N :

APPR OV ED

APPR OV ED -STR ES S

R E V

GC
APPR O VED -EN G INE ER FILE N AM E: N EXT A SS Y
FO LD

47

LIN E

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d
U SED ON

C O D E

SC ALE

W T

SH

GC

IN TER FAC EC O N TR O LD R A W IN G

LIN E

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94


S ID E VIEW
M M S 102.314 FO RS TA TIC S U PPO R TO N PO S TS

43.526

75.914

9.388 A D A PTER

48

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

Figure 22b: Sample Interface Control Drawing Note: Format is too small. No information should appear beneath revision block or above list of material. Choose a larger format in this case.

4.9.

Matched-Set Drawing
A ma t c h e d - s e t d r a w i n g d e p i c t s p a r t s t h a t a r e ma c h i n e - ma t c h e d o r o t h e r w i s e ma t e d a n d f o r w h i c h r e p l a c e me n t a s a ma t c h e d s e t o r p a i r i s e s s e n t i a l . T h e o p e r a t i n g o r ma t i n g c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f t h e ma t c h e d p a r ts ( s e t ) s h a l l b e i n d i c a t e d . T h e p a r t s s h a l l b e u n i q u e l y ma r k e d w i t h a s e r i a l n u mb e r i d e n t i f i c a t i o n t o i n d i c a t e a ma t c h e d set. See Figure 23 (all data required for the finished drawing are not shown). T h e d r a w i n g t i t l e b e c o me s a n a s s e mb l y, a l t h o u g h t h e p a r t s a r e n o t a c t u a l l y a t t a c h e d . M a i n t a i n a n d F u r ni s h O n l y A s A M a t c h e d S e t s h a l l b e a d d e d d i r e c t l y above the Title block or List of Material.

R E V IS IO N S YM D E S CR IP TIO N D A TE A P PR O V A L

G XXXXXX1

G XXXXXX2

G XXXXXX3

FOL D

LAP .00008 TO .00015 D IAM ETRAL C LEAR AN C E

M AIN TAIN AN D FUR N ISH O N LY AS A M ATCH ED SET

R EV

ITE M N O .

R E Q D

R E Q D

P A R TN O .

D E SCR IP TIO N

M A TER IA L

M A TER IA LS P E C&N O .

LIST O FM ATER IAL


N A TIO N A LA E R O N A UTIC SA N D S P AC EA D M IN IS TR ATIO N

U N LE S SO TH E R W IS E SP EC IFIE D -D IM EN SIO N SA R E IN IN C H E S

TO LE R A N C E S :
.XX .XXX FRACTIONS 125

G oddard S pace Flight C enter


IN IT D A TE

G R E E N BELT, M A R Y LA N D

.02

.005

1/16

N A M E D E S IG N E R

D R A W IN G INTE R P R ETED PE RG S FC -X 673-64-1

RE M O VE A LL B U R R SA N DS HA R P ED G E S R .010 O RC H A M FER M A X .

FLIG HT HARDW ARE/PO ST FAB HARDNESS TEST REQ 'D HARDNESS TEST NO T REQ UIRED NO N FLIG HT

D R A W N

TITLE

TEST HARD NESS PER ASTM E-18, LO CATIO NO PTIO NAL TEST HAR DNESS PER ASTM E-18 W HERE INDICATED O N FIELD O F DRAW ING THU S NO NO N-D ESTR UCTIVE EXAM INATIO N (NDE) REQ 'D NDE REQ UIR ED PER S-313-009 CO DE
TH IS D R A W IN GW A S PR O D U C E DU S IN G

C H E C KE D

A P PR O V E D

A P PR O V E D

A P PR O V E D -S TR E SS S O FTW A R E: V E R SIO N : A P PR O V E D -E N G IN E E R FILE N A M E : N E X TA S SY U S E DO N C O D E S C A LE W T SH

RE V

G C
FO LD LIN E

Figure 23: Sample Matched-Set Drawing

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

G C

LIN E

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

49

4.10.

Mechanical Schematic
A me c h a n i c a l s c h e ma t i c d i a g r a m d r a w i n g i l l u s t r a t e s t h e o p e r a t i o n a l s e q u e n c e o r a r r a n g e me n t o f a me c h a n i c a l d e v i c e . D i me n s i o n s a n d r e l a t i v e s i z e s o f i t e ms ma y b e s h o w n t o i n d i c a t e me c h a n i c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p . S e e F i g u r e 2 4 .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

50

R EVISIO N SYM D ESC RIPTIO N D ATE AP PR O V AL

N O TES: UN LESS O TH ER W IS E SPEC IFIE D

1.

ALL D IR EC TIO N AL AR R O W S IN D IC ATE

IN C R EASE IN SU PER ELEVATIO N .

2.
C O M P EN SA TO R 24TR I 72T TH DR H 27T 24T 24TP IR H D O U B LE EN TR Y 24TP I LH 24T 72T L08 R 20T 90T 72T G E A R S 102T (SP ID E R ) 20T 32P 45T 24T 44T 105T 32P 25 21T 5 62T BA LC O R RK N O B (80R E V S -.005) 72T BA LLIS TIC C O R R E C TIO N D IFFE R R EN TIA L 36T 32P C O U PLIN G 66T C O U PLIN G LIN E 66T 25 180T AM M U N ITIO NS ELEC TIO NK N O B (91 R EV S .005) 20T 6 L08 8R R EV ER S E C AM LO C K ELE VA TIO N BO M B SIG H TK N O B (6M L/R E V) 90T 32P AZIM U TH BO M B SIG H TK N O B (6M LS /R E V ) 150R E V 53T L0G8R R A N G E KN O B (2065 R EVS .005) LO C K LIN E 60T 64P 72T STO P 21T 32P 53T 32P Q U AD R U PLE 64T 135T 36T 27T D O U BLE

ALL G EAR S 46P.

VE R TIC A L

D EFLE C TIO N M IR R O R

24T 64P

34T 64P

SU P ER -

51T

ELE VA TIO N D IFFE R EN TIAL

88T

44T

26T 32P

44T 32P

72T 32P TR AN S M ITTER BA LLIS TIC C A M 65L0G 8R 46


ITEM N O. U NLE SS O TH ERW ISE SPECIFIED -D IM E NS IO NS A RE IN INC HE S R EQ 'D R EQ 'D PA RT N O . D ESC RIPTIO N M ATE RIAL M ATERIAL S PEC & N O .

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

Figure 24: Sample Mechanical Schematic

LIS TO FM A TE R IA L
N ATION AL A ERO N AU TIC S AN D

G E AR S EG M EN T 66T
TO LE R A N C E S :
.XX .XXX FR AC TIO NS 125
SP AC E AD M IN IS TRA TIO N

G oddard Space Flight C enter


.02 .005 .1 .1/16
R EM OV E ALL BU R RS AN D SHAR P ED G ES R .010 O RC H AM FER MAX. N AM E D ESIG NER INIT D ATE

G RE EN BELT, M AR YLA ND

D RAW IN G IN TE RPRE TED P ER G SFC-X673-64-1

FLIG HT H AR D W ARE

/PO S T FA BH AR DN E SS TEST R EQ 'D H A RD N ESS TES TN O TR EQ U IR ED N O N FLIG H T TE ST H AR D NES S PER A STM E -18, LO C ATIO NO PTIO N AL TE ST H AR D NES S PER A STM E -18 W H ERE IN D IC ATED O N FIE LD O FD RA W IN G TH U S N ON O N-D E STR U CTIV E EX AM INA TIO N (N D E )R E Q 'D N D ER EQ U IR ED PE R S-313-009 CO DE

D RAW N

TITLE

C HEC KED

AP PR O VED

AP PR O VED

TH IS D RA W IN GW A S PR OD UC ED U SING AP PR O VED -STR ESS SO FTW AR E: VE RS IO N : AP PR O VED -ENG INE ER FILE N AM E: N EXT A SSY
FO LD

R E V

GC
U SED O N C O D E SC ALE W T SH
LIN E

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

GC

R EV

FO LD

LIN E

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

R AN G E SC A LE

G U N LA Y IN GR E TIC LE

M S T 66P

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

51

4.11.

Modification Drawing
M o d i f i c a t i o n d r a w i n g s d e l i n e a t e c h a n g e s t o d e l i v e r e d i t e ms , s t o c k a b l e i t e ms ( e . g . , S t a n d a r d P a r t D r a w i n g o f h o n e y c o mb p a n e l b l a n k s ) , a s s e mb l i e s , i n s t a l l a t i o n s , o r s y s t e ms . D r a w i n g s a r e p r e p a r e d t o a d d , r e mo v e , o r r e w o r k i t e ms , e q u i p me n t i n s t a l l a t i o n s , o r s y s t e ms t o s a t i s f y t h e u s i n g a c t i v i t y ' s r e q u i r e me n t s . T h e y a l s o i n c o r p o r a t e ma n d a t o r y c h a n g e s ( e . g . , s a f e t y , r e l i a b i l i t y , o r a p p l i c a t i o n e x t e n s i o n ) i n d e l i v e r e d e q u i p me n t . A mo d i f i c a t i o n d r a w i n g s h a l l b e i d e n t i f i e d b y t h e w o r d s M o d i f i c a t i o n D r a w i n g i mme d i a t e l y a b o v e t h e T i t l e b l o ck . T h i s t y p e o f d r a w i n g has also been known or referred to as a Make From Drawing.

4.12.

Outline Drawing
A n o u t l i n e d r a w i n g i s a d r a w i n g t h a t d ef i n e s t h e e x t e r n a l c o n t o u r o f a n i t e m, usually by showing the projected views in two or three perpendicular planes. T w o t y p e s o f o u t l i n e d r a w i n g s a r e d e p ic t e d i n F i g u r e s 2 5 a , b e l o w , a n d 2 5 b o n page 52.
15MM AXIM UM SPAC EC R AFT AN D TELESC O PE SECTIO N

APPR O X 3M

PAM -A 3M

SO LAR AR R AY STO W ED

ATTITU D EC O N TR O L TH R USTER S

STAR TR AC KER

D ATA AN TEN N A

D ATA AN TEN N A

APO G EE R O C KET M O TO RS

APPR O X 1M D IA TELESC O PE

SU N SH AD E SH O W N STO W ED

O U TLIN EO F SH U TTLE PAYLO AD EN VELO PE

STO W ED IN SH U TTLE BAY FO R PAM -A LAUN CH

Figure 25a: First Sample Outline Drawing

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

52

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

SH U TTLE TR AN SP O R TATIO NS YSTE M

C O BE SA TELLITE

PA YLO AD IN STA LLATIO N +Z Looking out of the plane of paper

584.00 207.06 186.00

576.00

SO LAR ARR AY PAN ELS

760.50

-Y
943.50

+Y

96.68

217.22 SPAC EC R AFT LEN G TH

1069.00 1108.33 1123.50

1305.50

1307.00

+X Looking aft

Figure 25b: Second Sample Outline Drawing

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

53

4.13.

Source Control Drawing


A s o u r c e c o n t r o l d r a w i n g s h a l l b e u s e d t o l i mi t p r o c u r e me n t o f a v e n d o r - d e s i g n e d a n d ma n u f a c t u r e d p a r t ( o r a s s e mb l y ) t o t h a t s o u r c e o r s o u r c e s t h a t e x c l u s i v e l y p r o v i d e t h e p e r f o r ma n c e , i n s t a l l a t i o n , a n d i n t e r c h a n g e a b l e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f t h e part selected and tested for a specific application. In the event the vendor shall not provide drawings as described in paragraph 4.14.d on page 56, the source c o n t r o l d r a w i n g s h a l l i n c l u d e t h e s a me d e s c r i p t i o n o f t h e p a r t a s r e q u i r e d o n s p e c i f i c a t i o n c o n t r o l d r a w i n g s . I f v e n d o r d r a w i n g s a r e ma d e a v a i l a b l e , t h e c o n t e n t o f t h e s o u r c e c o n t r o l d r a w i n g s h a l l b e l i mi t e d t o v e n d o r 's p a r t n u mb e r , n a me , a n d a d d r e s s . I n e i t h e r c a s e , t h e f o l l o w i n g n o t e s h a l l a p p e a r o n t h e s o u r c e c o n t r o l d r a w i n g : O n l y t h e p a r t ( s ) s p e c if i e d o n t h i s d r a w i n g a n d i d e n t i f i e d b y v e n d o r 's n a me ( s ) , a d d r e s s ( e s ) , a n d p a r t n u mb e r ( s ) h a s ( h a v e ) b e e n t e s t e d a n d a p p r o v e d b y G S F C f o r u s e i n n a me o f i t e m. A s u b s t i t u t e p a r t s h a l l n o t b e u s e d w i t h o u t p r i o r t e s t i n g a n d ap p r o v a l b y G S F C . S e e F i g u r e 2 6 .

R E V IS IO N S Y M D E S CR IP TIO N D A TE A P PR O V A L

N O TES: U N LESS O THER W ISE SPEC IFIED 1. O N LY TH E PAR T SPEC IFIED O N TH IS D RAW IN G AN D ID EN TIFIED BY VEND O R 'S N AM E, AD DR ESS AN D PART N U M BER H AS BEEN TESTED AN D APPR O VED BY G SFC FO RU SE IN M O D EL XYZ. A SU BSTITU TE PAR T SH ALL N O T BE U SED W ITH O U T PR IO R TESTIN G AN D APPR O VAL BY G SFC . 2. APPR O VED SO U R CE: JO N ES M FG .C O ., STR EET AD D R ESS, C H IC AG O , IL PAR TN U M BER XX3-X4XX

FO LD

SO U RC EC O NTR O LD RAW IN G

R E V

ITE M N O .

R E Q D

R E Q D

PA R T NO .

DE S CR IPTIO N

M A TER IA L

M A TER IA LS P E C&N O .

LIST O FM ATER IA L
N ATIO N A LA ER O N A UTIC SA N D S P ACE A D M IN IS TR ATIO N

U N LE S SO TH E R W IS E SP E C IFIED -D IM EN S IO N SA R E IN IN C H E S

TO LE R A N C ES :
.XX .XXX FRACTIONS 125

G oddard S pace Flight C enter


IN IT D A TE

G R E E N BE LT, M A R Y LA N D

.02

.005

1/16

N A M E D E S IG N E R

D R A W IN G INTE R P R ETE D PER G S FC -X 673-64-1

R E M O V EA LL B U R R SA N DS H A R P ED G E S R .010 O RC H A M FER M A X .

FLIG HT HARD W ARE/PO ST FAB HARD NESS TEST REQ 'D H ARDNESS TEST N O T REQ UIRED NO N FLIG HT

D R A W N

TITLE

TEST HARDNESS PER ASTM E-18, LO CATIO NO PTIO NAL TEST HARDNESS PER ASTM E-18 W HERE INDICATED O N FIELD O F DRAW ING THUS N O NO N-DESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION (NDE) REQ 'D NDE REQ UIRED PER S-313-009 CO DE
TH IS D R AW IN GW A S PR O D U C E DU S IN G

C H E C KED

A P PR O VE D

A P PR O VE D

A P PR O VE D -S TR E S S S O FTW A R E: V ER SIO N : A P PR O VE D -E N G IN E E R FILE N A M E : N E XT A SSY U S E DO N C O D E S C A LE W T SH

RE V

G C
FO LD LIN E

Figure 26: Sample Source Control Drawing

a.

T h e s o u r c e c o n t r o l d r a w i n g n u mb e r i s n o t a p a r t n u mb e r . T h e v e n d o r p a r t i t s e l f s h a l l b e i d e n t i f i e d b y t h e v e n d o r 's i d e n t i f y i n g n u mb e r .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

G C

LIN E

54

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

b . T h e a s s e mb l y ( o r i n s t a l l a t i o n ) d r a w i n g s h al l c a l l o u t t h e p a r t b y s o u r c e c o n t r o l d r a w i n g n u mb e r . I n t h e L i s t o f M a t e r i a l ( p a r t s l i s t ) o f t h e d r a w i n g , t h e s o u r c e c o n t r o l d r a w i n g n u mb e r s h a l l b e a c c o mp a n i e d b y t h e f o l l o w i n g n o t e : V e n d o r Partsee source control drawing. A source control drawing shall be i d e n t i f i e d b y t h e w o r d s S o u r c e C o n t r o l D r a w i n g i mme d i a t e l y a b o v e t h e T i t l e block. c. A s o u r c e c o n t r o l d r a w i n g s h a l l n o t u p g r a d e a v e n d o r 's p a r t b e y o n d t h e v e n d o r 's s t i p u l a t i o n s .

4.14.

Specification Control Drawing


Specification control drawings are prepared to record the characteristics of a v e n d o r - d e s i g n e d a n d ma n u f a c t u r e d p a r t ( o r a ss e mb l y ) . T h i s t y p e o f d r a w i n g ma y a l s o b e u s e d t o d o c u me n t G S F C p a r t s t h a t a r e s e n t t o a u n i q u e v e n d o r t o p e r f o r m a s p e c i f i c o p e r a t i o n b e c a u s e o f s p e c i a l eq u i p me n t a n d / o r h a r d w a r e o n l y a v a i l a b l e t h e r e . S u c h c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s a r e s i z e , s h a p e , mo u n t i n g d i me n s i o n s , a n d o t h e r d e s i g n r e q u i r e me n t s , i n c l u d i n g t e s t s , w h e n a p p l i c a b l e , t h a t c o u l d b e o b t a i n e d f r o m t h e v e n d o r 's ma n u f a c t u r i n g d r a w i n g s i f t h e y w e r e ma d e a v a i l a b l e . T h e v e n d o r 's p a r t n u mb e r , n a me , a n d a d d r e s s s h a l l b e i n c l u d e d , e i t h e r i n n o t e o r t a b l e f o r m. S e e F i g u r e 2 7 .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

55

R E V IS IO N S YM D E S CR IP TIO N D A TE A P PR O V A L

V EN D O RN A M E&A D D R E S S S M ITH E N G IN E E R IN GC O M P A N Y B U F FA LO .N .Y.

V E N D O RP A R TN O . X A3-X 29X X

P R O D U C T IO N TE S TP R O C E D U R E W ITH P O R T3 P LU G G ED A P P LY P R E S S U R EA S FO LLO W S 5 PS IA T P O R T2 2250 P S I A TP O R T2 5P S IA T P O R T1 2250 P S I A TP O R T1 IN TE R N A L 1D R O PP E RH R A TP O R T1 N O N E A TP O R T1 1D R O PP E RH R A TP O R T1 N O N E A TP O R2 E XT ER N A L N O N E P O R T1 S H O U LD BE H E LD D O W ND U R IN G N O N E T H E S E TE ST S P O R T2 N O N E S H O U LD BE H E LD D O W ND U R IN G N O N E T H E S E TE ST S B ES U R E TH A T S E A LIN GPO P P E T IS LO O S E IN V A LV EW H E N E A C H TE S T P R E S S U R E IS A P PLIE D P E R M IS S IB LE LE A K A G E A TR A TE O F C O M M E N TS

3X

.438-20 U N F-3B FO R .25 O D TU BIN G PER AND 10050 3 PLAC ES


R EV

FOL D

PO R T2

1.250 PO R T1

PO R T3 1.190

2X .020
ITE M N O . R EQ D RE Q D P A R TN O . D E SCR IP TIO N M ATER IA L M A TER IA LS P E C&N O .

LIST O FM ATER IAL


N A TIO N A LA E R O N A UTIC SA N D S P AC EA D M IN IS TR ATIO N

2.380

U N LE S SO TH E R W IS E SP EC IFIE D -D IM EN SIO N SA R E IN IN C H E S

TO LE R A N C E S :
.XX .XXX FRAC TIONS 125

G oddard S pace Flight C enter


IN IT D A TE

G R E E N BELT, M A R Y LA N D

.02

.005

1/16

N A M E D E S IG N E R

D R A W IN G INTE R P R ETE D PE RG S FC -X 673-64-1

RE M O VE A LL B U R R SA N DS HA R P ED G E S R .010 O RC H A M FER M A X .

FLIG HT HARDW ARE/PO ST FAB HARDNESS TEST REQ 'D HARDNESS TEST NO T REQ UIRED NO N FLIG HT

D R A W N

TITLE

TEST HAR DNESS PER ASTM E-18, LO CATIO NO PTIO NAL TEST H ARDNESS PER ASTM E-18 W HERE INDICATED O N FIELD O F DRAW ING TH US NO NO N-D ESTR UCTIVE EXAM INATIO N (NDE) REQ 'D NDE REQ UIRED PER S-313-009 CO DE
TH IS D R A W IN GW A S PR O D U C E DU SIN G

C H E C KE D

A P PR O V E D

A P PR O V E D

A P PR O V E D -S TR E SS S O FTW A R E: V E R SIO N : A P PR O V E D -E N G IN E E R FILE N A M E : N E X TA S SY U S E DO N C O D E S C A LE W T SH

RE V

G C
FO LD LIN E

Figure 27: Sample Specification Control Drawing a. T h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n c o n t r o l d r a w i n g n u mb e r i s n o t a p a r t n u mb e r . T h e v e n d o r p a r t i t s e l f s h a l l b e i d e n t i f i e d b y t h e v e n d o r 's i d e n t i f y i n g n u mb e r .

b . T h e a s s e mb l y ( o r i n s t a l l a t i o n ) d r a w i n g s h a l l c a l l o u t t h e p a r t b y t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n c o n t r o l d r a w i n g n u mb e r . I n t h e L i s t o f M a t e r i a l ( p a r t s l i s t ) o f t h e d r a w i n g , t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n c o n t r o l d r a w i n g n u mb e r s h a l l b e a c c o mp a n i e d b y t h e n o t e V e n d o r P a r t s e e s p e c i f i c at i o n c o n t r o l d r a w i n g . A s p e c i f i c a t i o n control drawing shall be identified by the words Specification Control D r a w i n g i mme d i a t e l y a b o v e t h e T i t l e b l o c k . c. A s p e c i f i c a t i o n c o n t r o l d r a w i n g d o e s n o t p r e v e n t p r o c u r e me n t f r o m mu l t i p l e s o u r c e s w h e n t h e v e n d o r p a r t h a s b e e n d e t e r mi n e d t o b e e q u i v a l e n t t o o t h e r v e n d o r p a r t s b y t h e F e d e r a l C a t a l o g in g P r o g r a m, r e s u l t i n g i n F e d e r a l I t e m I d e n t i f i c a t i o n N u mb e r ( F I I N ) n u mb e r a s s i g n me n t o r w h e n t h e p a r t i s ma n u f a c t u r e d b y a l i c e n s e e o f t h e v e n d o r .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

G C

SPEC IFIC ATIO N CO N TRO LD R AW IN G

LINE

56

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

d. The preparation of specification control drawings can be avoided by procuring t h e v e n d o r 's ma n u f a c t u r i n g d r a w i n g s . I n t h e e v e n t t h e v e n d o r c l a i ms p r o p r i e t a r y r i g h t s a n d r e f u s e s t o p r o v i d e h i s ma n u f a c t u r i n g d r a w i n g s , h e s h a l l be requested to furnish an outline drawing of his part sufficient to include the r e q u i r e me n t s s t a t e d a b o v e . W h e n t h e v e n d o r p r o v i d e s e i t h e r t y p e o f d r a w i n g s ( i . e . , ma n u f a c t u r i n g d r a w i n g s o r a n o u t l i n e d r a w i n g ) , t h e p a r t n u mb e r c a l l o u t o n t h e d r a w i n g s h a l l b e b y t h e v e n d o r 's n u mb e r . e. A s p e c i f i c a t i o n c o n t r o l d r a w i n g s h al l n o t u p g r a d e a v e n d o r 's p a r t b e y o n d t h e v e n d o r 's s t i p u l a t i o n s .

4.15.

Standard Part Drawing


S t a n d a r d p a r t s s h a l l b e s e l e c t e d f r o m g o v er n me n t a n d i n d u s t r y s t a n d a r d s i n t h a t order of precedence. If neither of these contain a part satisfactory for the design n e e d s , a d r a w i n g s h a l l b e p r e p a r e d . B e f o r e p r e p a r a t i o n , i t mu s t b e d e t e r mi n e d that the part shall be a GSFC standard part, in which case it shall be drafted on G S F C s t a n d a r d ma n u a l f o r ma t .

4.16.

Tabulated Drawing
A t a b u l a t e d d r a w i n g d e p i c t s s i mi l a r i t e ms wi t h d i f f e r e n c e s i n c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s s u c h a s d i me n s i o n s , ma t e r i a l , f in i s h , a n d o t h e r r e q u i r e me n t s . T h e s e d i f f e r e n c e s a r e tabulated on the drawing, the fixed characteristics depicted once. Pictorial differences that are not clear should be shown in views or details and should be properly labeled. A tabulated drawing precludes the preparation of an i n d i v i d u a l d r a w i n g f o r e a c h i t e m. S e e F i g u r e 2 8 .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

57

R E V IS IO N S YM D E S CR IP TIO N D A TE A P PR O V A L

N O TES:
1. 2.

U N LESS O TH ER W ISE SPE C IFIED


PASSIVATE PER Q Q -P-35, TYPE II BAG PART PER M IL-P-116, M ETH OD III, AN D TAG W ITH PART N U M BER G C 1234567.

B 2X R .31

1.360 A 3.265
.020 A
FOL D R EV LINE

3.95
.003 A

.953

.020

2X R .31

BAR

C R ES

ASTM A582 /303 CO N DA

TA B LE I

ITE M N O .

R EQ D

RE Q D

P A R TN O .

D E SCR IP TIO N

M ATER IA L

M A TER IA LS P E C&N O .

LIST O FM ATER IAL


N A TIO N A LA E R O N A UTIC SA N D S P AC EA D M IN IS TR ATIO N

U N LE S SO TH E R W IS E SP EC IFIE D -D IM EN SIO N SA R E IN IN C H E S

P A R TN O .

D IM .A

D IM .B

TO LE R A N C E S :
.XX .XXX FRAC TIONS 125

G oddard S pace Flight C enter


IN IT D A TE

G R E E N BELT, M A R Y LA N D

.02

.005

1/16

N A M E D E S IG N E R

D R A W IN G INTE R P R ETED PE RG S FC -X 673-64-1

G C X X X X X X 5-1

3.500

1.250

R EM O VE A LL B U R R SA N DS H AR P EDG ES R .010 O RC H A M FER M A X .

FLIG HT HARDW ARE/PO ST FAB HARDNESS TEST REQ 'D

D R A W N

TITLE

G C X X X X X X 5-3

3.625

1.375

HARDNESS TEST NO T REQ UIRED

NO N FLIG HT
C H E C KE D

C O U PLER

TEST HAR DNESS PER ASTM E-18, LO CATIO NO PTIO NAL TEST H ARDNESS PER ASTM E-18 W HERE INDICATED O N FIELD O F DRAW ING TH US NO NO N-D ESTR UCTIVE EXAM INATIO N (NDE) REQ 'D NDE REQ UIRED PER S-313-009 CO DE

A P PR O V E D

A P PR O V E D

TH IS D R A W IN GW A S PR O D U C E DU SIN G A P PR O V E D -S TR E SS S O FTW A R E: V E R SIO N : A P PR O V E D -E N G IN E E R FILE N A M E : N E X TA S SY U S E DO N C O D E S C A LE W T S H

RE V

G C
FO LD LIN E

1234567

Figure 28: Sample Tabulated Drawing

4.17.

Tooling Drawing
T o o l i n g f i x t u r e s a n d t e mp l a t e s a r e p r o d u ct i o n a i d s . T h e t e mp l a t e s a r e n o t i n t e n d e d a s e n g i n e e r i n g d o c u me n t a t io n o f t h e f i n a l e n d i t e m c o n f i g u r a t i o n . T h e e n g i n e e r i n g d r a w i n g f o r w h i c h a To o l i n g d r a w i n g i s b e i n g p r o d u c e d s h a l l carry the following note: THESE FEATURES ARE TO BE INSTALLED USING TOOLING TEMPLATE GX-XXXXXXX ONLY. THE ACTUAL TOLERANCES ON THE FEATURES LOCATIONS ARE CONTROLLED BY THE TEMPLATE. W h e n a f f e c t e d b y t o o l i n g , d i me n s i o n s a n d t h e i r t o l e r a n c e s s h a l l b e f l a g g e d o n t h e engineering drawing to the above note and enclosed in parentheses to indicate r e f e r e n c e i n f o r ma t i o n o n l y .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

G C 1234567

58

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

The following note shall be added to the tooling drawing: THIS TOOLING IS USED TO FABRICATE PIECE PART GX-XXXXXXX. T h e t o o l i n g d r a w i n g s h a l l b e d i me n s i o n ed t h e s a me w a y a s t h e e n g i n e e r i n g drawing.

4.18.

Composite Material Drawing


A c o mp o s i t e ma t e r i a l d r a w i n g i s a n en g i n e e r i n g r e p r e s e n t a t i o n o f t w o o r mo r e ma t e r i a l s i n c o mb i n a t i o n ( r e i n f o r c i n g f ib e r s a n d r e s i n b i n d e r ) . T h e f i b e r a n d r e s i n d i f f e r i n f o r m o r c o mp o s i t i o n , a n d a r e t a i l o r e d t o me e t s p e c i f i c e n g i n e e r i n g p r o p e r t i e s . T h e d r a w i n g s h a l l s p e c i f y t h e mu l t i - p l y l a mi n a t e c o n f i g u r a t i o n t h a t d e f i n e s t h e n u mb e r o f p l i e s , t h e s t a c k i n g s e q u e n c e , t h e p l y a n g l e o r i e n t a t i o n , t h e p r e p r e g f i b e r - r e s i n ma t e r i a l s , a n d t h e p h y s i c a l d i me n s i o n s . F o r t h e f o l l o w i n g r e q u i r e me n t s , r e f e r t o F i g u r e 2 9 a s a n e x a mp l e o f a c o mp o s i t e ma t e r i a l d r a w i n g . a. A c o o r d i n a t e r e f e r e n c e a n d a n g l e d i rec t i o n s h a l l b e s h o w n f o r b o t h t h e p a r t and the stacked detail.

b. Each ply shall be identified by Item No., angle, and thickness, as shown in Table 1 of Figure 29. c. D a s h n u mb e r s ma y b e u s e d t o s h o w v a r i a t i o n s , s u c h a s l e n g t h a n d ma t e r i a l , a s shown in Table 2 of Figure 29.

d. Stacking sequence code (+30/0/-30/90)2S, as shown in Table 1 in Figure 29 defines the following features: Ply 1 Ply 2 Ply 3 Ply 4 Subscript 2 Subscript S +30-degree orientation 0-degree orientation -30-degree orientation +90-degree orientation indicates repeat sequence (plies 14) two t i me s , f o r b u i l d u p o f p l i e s 5 8 . i n d i c a t e s s y mme t r y , i . e . , p l i e s 1 8 r e p e a t e d i n reverse order for buildup of plies 916.

T h e c o d e i s r e a d ( + 3 0 / 0 / - 3 0 /9 0 / + 3 0 / 0 / - 3 0 / 9 0 / 9 0 / - 3 0 /0 / + 3 0 / 9 0 / - 3 0 / 0 / + 3 0 ) . E x a mp l e s o f o t h e r v a r i a t i o n s t o t h e c o d e a r e ( 0 3 /9 0 2 /4 5 /- 4 5 3 ) S . T h i s c o d e i s r e a d ( 0 / 0 / 0 / 9 0 / 9 0 / + 4 5 /- 4 5 / - 4 5 / - 4 5 / - 4 5 / - 4 5 / - 4 5 /+ 4 5 / 9 0 / 9 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 ) . I n t h e s a me e x a mp l e , t h e s u b s c r i p t T c a n b e u s e d i n l i e u o f S t o d e s i g n a t e t h e t o t a l l a mi n a t e . F o r e x a mp l e , ( 0 3 /9 0 2 /4 5 /- 4 5 6 /4 5 /9 0 2 /0 3 ) T . H o w e v e r , i n t h i s e x a mp l e , u s i n g t h e S t o d e n o t e s y mme t r y i s t h e p r e f e r r e d me t h o d . T i s g e n e r a l l y r e s e r v e d f o r l a mi n a t e s w h e r e s y mme t r y i s n o t s p e c i f i e d , a s i n ( 0 /3 0 /6 0 /9 0 ) T .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

59

Figure 29: Composite Material Drawing Example

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

60

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

5.

NUMBERING SYSTEM FOR DRAWINGS AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION


T h e G S F C n u mb e r i n g s y s t e m f o r i d e n t i f y i n g e n g i n e e r i n g d r a w i n g s a n d a s s o c i a t e d l i s t s i s b a s e d o n t h e u n i t n u mb e r p r i n c i p l e , w h e r e b y t h e s a me b a s i c n u mb e r a s s i g n e d t o a n a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g i s a l s o a p p l i e d t o i n d e x , u s a g e , d a t a , a n d p a r t s lists. a. D r a w i n g n u mb e r s s h a l l c o n s i s t o f a s s i g n e d b a s i c s e v e n - d i g i t n u mb e r s , p r e f i x e d b y t h e l e t t e r G ( s i g n i f y i n g G S F C ) a n d a s ec o n d l e t t e r s i g n i f y i n g t h e drawing size (B, C, D, E, F, or J).

b . A s s o c i a t e d l i s t n u mb e r s s h a l l b e t h e b a s i c s e v e n - d i g i t d r a w i n g n u mb e r p r e f i x with PL or IL as applicable. Refer to Definitions paragraph 8.1 on page 71. c. A l l G S F C o r g a n i z a t i o n s u s i n g d r a w i n g n u mb e r s s h a l l ma k e t h e i r r e q u e s t t o t h e M e c h a n i c a l S y s t e ms D i v i s io n , M e c h a n i c a l E n g i n e e r i n g B r a n c h ( d e s i g n a t e d c u s t o d i a n ) f o r b l o c k s o f n u mb e r s f o r t h e i r f l i g h t h a r d w a r e a n d g r o u n d s u p p o r t e q u i p me n t .

d . T h e ma n a g e me n t o f d r a w i n g n u mb e r s b e c o me s t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f t h e e n g i n e e r i n g d e s i g n g r o u p t o w h o m t h e y a r e a s s i g n e d . R e a s s i g n me n t o f t h e n u mb e r s t o g r o u p s u b s e c t i o n s o r in d i v i d u a l s , o t h e r c o n t r a c t o r s o r s u b c o n t r a c t o r s , o r o t h e r p r o g r a ms o r p r o j e c t s mu s t b e c o n t r o l l e d , r e c o r d e d , a n d ma i n t a i n e d b y t h e C o n f ig u r a t i o n M a n a g e me n t O f f i c e r . e. E n g i n e e r i n g d o c u me n t a t i o n ( d r a w i n g s, e n g i n e e r i n g c h a n g e o r d e r s , a n d configuration change requests) shall be retained by the Configuration Manager i n t h e r e s p o n s i b l e e n g i n e e r i n g o r g a n iz a t i o n u n t i l o t h e r w i s e d i r e c t e d b y t h e Project. W h e n i t i s n e c e s s a r y t o i d e n t i f y a d r a w i n g a s a s k e t c h , t h e n u mb e r s h a l l b e a s s i g n e d b y t h e o r i g i n a t o r . T h e s k e t c h s h a l l b e ma i n t a i n e d b y t h e o r i g i n a t o r to prevent the necessity of a central control. Sketches shall not be prepared in p l a c e o f e n g i n e e r i n g d r a w i n g s f o r p r o c u r e me n t o f mo c k u p s , mo d e l s , p r e p r o d u c t i o n h a r d w a r e o r f l i g h t h ar d w a re , a n d a s s o c i a t e d e q u i p me n t .

f.

g . G S F C n u mb e r s f o r s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , p r o c e s s e s , a n d s t a n d a r d s s h a l l b e i s s u e d b y t h e s p e c i f i c o r g a n i z a t i o n f o r w h i c h s u c h d o c u me n t s a r e b e i n g d e v e l o p e d . Procedures governing the preparation of GSFC specifications, processes, and standards shall be in accordance with GSFC-S-250-3, Guide for the Preparation of Specifications. The Library Services Branch of the GSFC I n f o r ma t i o n M a n a g e me n t D iv i s i o n s h a l l r e c e i v e t w o co p i e s o f f i n a l , a p p r o v e d d o c u me n t s t h a t a r e o f g e n e r a l i n t e r e s t a n d u s e . A l i s t o f e x i s t i n g s p e c i f i c a t i o n s i s ma i n t a i n e d b y t h e L i b r a r y S e r v i c e s B r a n c h .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

61

h . I n t h e a b s e n c e o f a p r o j e c t - d i r e c t e d d o c u me n t n u mb e r i n g p l a n , t h e f o l l o w i n g system shall be used:

GSFC - S - 722 - 93 - 002 - A


revision letter ordinal specification number issued in given year year of specification issue Branch, Division or organization issuing & maintaining specification "S" for specification, "P" for procedure Goddard Space Flight Center

5.1.

Part Numbering
E a c h d e t a i l p a r t , s u b a s s e mb l y , e t c . , s h al l b e i d e n t i f i e d b y a p a r t n u mb e r a s follows: a. A n i t e m c o v e r e d b y a n a p p r o v e d s ta n d a r d a n d u s e d w i t h o u t a l t e r a t i o n o r s e l e c t i o n s h a l l b e i d e n t i f i e d b y t h e p r o p e r s t a n d a r d n u mb e r ( s u c h a s M S n u mb e r f o r mi l i t a r y s t a n d a r d ) , w h i c h s h a l l i n c l u d e a n y d a s h n u mb e r o r c o d e n e c e s s a r y f o r c o mp l e t e i d e n t i t y .

b . E a c h n o n s t a n d a r d i t e m s h a l l b e i d e n t i f i e d b y a p a r t n u mb e r t h a t s h a l l b e , o r s h a l l i n c l u d e , t h e d r a w i n g n u mb e r . c. V e n d o r - d e s i g n e d a n d ma n u f a c t u r e d p a r t s o r a s s e mb l i e s s h a l l b e i d e n t i f i e d b y t h e v e n d o r 's p a r t n u mb e r . S e e S p e c if i c a t i o n C o n t r o l D r a w i n g , p a r a g r a p h 4.14 on page 54, and Source Control Drawing, paragraph 4.13 on page 53.

d. Altered or selected parts shall be identified as required. See Altered or Selected Vendor Part Drawing, paragraph 4.1 on page 39. e. S y mme t r i c a l l y o p p o s i t e p a r t s s h al l b e d e s i g n a t e d b y - 1 ( s h o w n ) a n d - 2 ( o p p o s i t e ) c a r r y i n g t h e o d d / e v e n r e l a t i o n s h i p t o h i g h e r n u mb e r s a s n e c e s s a r y . T h e p a r t s h o w n s h a l l a l w a y s b e a n o d d n u mb e r , a n d i t s o p p o s i t e , t h e n e x t h i g h e r n u mb e r .

Parts shall be identified on the field of drawing by showing both the identifying p a r t n u mb e r a n d f i n d n u mb e r w h e r e c r o s s - r e f e r e n c e d o n a s e p a r a t e E n g i n e e r i n g P a r t s L i s t . S e e S a mp l e A s s e mb l y D r a wi n g , F i g u r e 1 7 o n p a g e 4 0 . W h e n t h e p a r t s a p p e a r i n t h e L i s t o f M a t e r i a l o n t h e d r a w i n g , o n l y t h e i t e m n u mb e r i s c a l l e d o u t o n t h e f i e l d o f t h e d r a w i n g . S e e F i g u r e 3 4 , S a mp l e A s s e mb l y D r a w i n g W i t h List of Material, on page 80. A d e t a i l d r a w i n g d e p i c t s a s i n g l e d e t a i l p a r t, a n d t h e p a r t s h a l l b e d e s i g n a t e d b y t h e d r a w i n g n u mb e r . S e e D e t a i l D r a w i n g , p a r a g r a p h 4 . 3 o n p a g e 4 1 . A n i n s e p a r a b l e a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g d e p i c t s p a r t s p e r ma n e n t l y f a s t e n e d t o g e t h e r , a n d t h e a s s e mb l y s h a l l b e d e s i g n a t e d b y t h e d r a w i n g n u mb e r . T h e i n d i v i d u a l p a r t s s h a l l b e d e s i g n a t e d b y p a r t n u mb e r a s d e s c r i b e d p e r I n s e p a r a b l e A s s e mb l y Drawing, paragraph 4.6 on page 44.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

62

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

E a c h o f t h e p a r t s s h o w n o n a t a b u l a t e d d r aw i n g s h a l l b e i d e n t i f i e d b y t h e d r a w i n g n u mb e r s u f f i x e d w i t h a d a s h n u mb e r . T h e b a s i c d r a w i n g n u mb e r a l o n e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d t o i d e n t i f y a p a r t . S e e T a b u la t e d D r a w i n g , p a r a g r a p h 4 . 1 6 o n p a g e 5 6 . P a r t s t h a t mu s t b e ma t e d , a n d f o r w h i c h r e p l a c e me n t a s a ma t c h e d s e t o r p a i r i s r e q u i r e d , s h a l l b e a s s i g n e d a s i n g l e n u mb e r t o d e s i g n a t e e a c h ma t c h e d s e t o r p a i r . C o mp o n e n t p a r t s s h o w n i n ma t c h e d - s e t d r a w i n g s i n s t e a d o f s e p a r a t e d e t a i l d r a w i n g s s h a l l b e i d e n t i f i e d b y t h e i d e n t i f y i n g p a r t n u mb e r a n d f i n d n u mb e r . S e e Matched-Set Drawing, paragraph 4.9 on page 48.

5.2.

Find or Item Numbering


U n d e r t h e f i n d o r i t e m n u mb e r i n g s y s t e m, a n u mb e r i s a s s i g n e d t o a p a r t o r d e t a i l a s s e mb l y f o r t h e p u r p o s e o f l o c a t i n g i t i n t h e f i e l d o f t h e a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g . T h e f i n d o r i t e m n u mb e r i s a l s o s h o w n i n t h e E n g i n e e r i n g P a r t s L i s t f o r a n a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g , c r o s s - r e f e r e n c e d t o t h e p a r t n u mb e r u s e d f o r p r o c u r e me n t p u r p o s e s .

5.3.

Order of Precedence of Specifications and Standards


W h e n i d e n t i c a l p a r t s o r a s s e mb l i e s o f e q u al q u a l i t y a r e i d e n t i f i e d b y mo r e t h a n o n e d o c u me n t , t h e i t e m s h a l l b e r e f e r e n c e d o n d r a w i n g s i n t h e f o l l o w i n g o r d e r :

5.3.1.

Group I
G r o u p I c o v e r s g o v e r n me n t s p e c i f i c a t i o n s a n d s t a n d a r d s l i s t e d f o r u s e b y G S F C a n d i n d u s t r y d o c u me n t s c o o r d i n a t e d t o t h e e x t e n t indicated as follows in (c) and (e). a. Coordinated federal specifications and standards.

b . C o o r d i n a t e d mi l i t a r y s p e c i f i c a t i o n s a n d s t a n d a r d s ( i n c l u d i n g JANs, ANs, and ANDs). c. I n d u s t r y s p e c i f i c a t i o n s a n d s t a n d a r d s ( e . g . , t h o s e p r o mu l g a t e d b y n a t i o n a l l y r e c o g n i z e d as s o c i a t i o n s , c o mmi t t e e s , a n d t e c h n i c a l s o c i e t i e s ) h a v i n g c o o r d in a t e d s t a t u s e s t a b l i s h e d u n d e r p o l i c i e s a n d p r o c e d u r e s o f o t h e r g o v e r n me n t a g e n c i e s a n d approved for GSFC use.

d . L i mi t e d c o o r d i n a t i o n mi l i t a r y a n d i n t e r i m f e d e r a l s p e c i f i c a t i o n s a n d s t a n d a r d s i s s u e d b y o t h e r g o v e r n me n t a g e n c i e s a n d approved for GSFC use. e. I n d u s t r y s p e c i f i c a t i o n s a n d s t a n d a r d s h a v i n g l i mi t e d coordination status established under policies and procedures of o t h e r g o v e r n me n t a g e n c i e s a n d a p p r o v e d f o r G S F C u s e .

5.3.2.

Group II
G r o u p I I c o v e r s i n d u s t r y s p e c i f i c a t io n s a n d s t a n d a r d s ( e . g . , t h o s e p r o mu l g a t e d b y n a t i o n al l y r e c o g n i z e d a s s o c i a t i o n s , c o mmi t t e e s , a n d technical societies) approved for use by GSFC, for which status e q u i v a l e n t t o mi l i t a r y d o c u me n t s h a s n o t b e e n e s t a b l i s h e d .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

63

5.3.3.

Group III
G r o u p I I I c o v e r s G o v e r n me n t s p e c i f i c a t i o n s a n d s t a n d a r d s n o t previously listed by GSFC.

5.3.4.

Group IV
Group IV covers industry specifications and standards not p r e v i o u s l y l i s t e d f o r u s e b y G S F C . C o mp a n y s p e c i f i c a t i o n s a n d standards are not to be considered as a part of this group. Copies o f i n d u s t r y s p e c i f i c a t i o n s a n d s ta n d a r d s s h o u l d b e o b t a i n e d f r o m the association concerned.

5.3.5.

Group V
G r o u p V c o v e r s c o mp a n y s p e c i f i c a t i o n s a n d s t a n d a r d s . R e f e r e n c e t o a c o mp a n y s p e c i f i c a t i o n o r s t a n d a r d f o r n e w a p p l i c a t i o n s o r designs shall be discontinued upon the issuance of a specification or standard in Group I, II, III, or IV covering an interchangeable item of equivalent quality. Note (applicable to Groups I, II, IV, and V above): When industry specifications and standards are specified on GSFC d r a w i n g s a n d d o c u me n t s , s u c h s p e c i f i c a t i o n s a n d s t a n d a r d s s h a l l b e available to GSFC personnel.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

64

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

6. 6.1.

ENGINEERING ORDER General Requirements


The use of Engineering Order (EO) for the purpose of revising released drawings i s t h e p r e f e r r e d me t h o d o f c h a n g i n g d r aw i n g s , a l t h o u g h t h e me t h o d o f d i r e c t c h a n g e t o t h e d r a w i n g ma y b e c h o s e n b y t h e p r o j e c t e n g i n e e r . After an EO system is elected, it is the responsibility of that project design a c t i v i t y t o a s s i g n n u mb e r i n g a n d ma i n t ai n t h e d o c u me n t a t i o n s y s t e m. T h e approved EO is considered an official part of the original drawing and shall a l w a y s b e a v a i l a b l e t o o t h e r s , e v e n a f t e r i n c o r p o r a t i o n . W i t h t h i s s y s t e m, r e f e r e n c e t o E O s i n t h e r e v i s i o n b l o c k o f d r a w i n g s i s p e r mi t t e d i n p l a c e o f t h e usual detailed listing of changes.

6.2.

Format Sample
T h e f o l l o w i n g min i mu m i n f o r ma t i o n s h o u l d b e i n c l u d e d o n a n E O f o r m. S e e Figure 30a on page 66. 1 . D R A W I N G & R E V . L E V E L : T h e n u mb e r o f t h e d r a w i n g t o b e c h a n g e d a n d t h e r e v i s i o n l e v e l a f f e c t e d . W h e r e t h e c h a n g e i s e x a c t l y t h e s a me o n mo r e t h a n o n e d r a w i n g , a d d a n a s t e r i s k t o t h e d r a w in g a n d r e v i s i o n l e v e l b l o c k ; t h e n a d d t h e d r a w i n g n u mb e r s a l o n g w i t h t h e n e x t a p p l i c a b l e E O n u mb e r t o t h e a s t e r i s k t a b l e o n t h e f i e l d o f c h a n g e o n E O p a g e 1 . I f mo r e t h a n o n e E O p a g e i s required, the additional EO pages will only note that those pages affect the list of drawings the EO is written against. 2 . I N C . R E V . : T h e r e v i s i o n l e t t e r t o b e p r o v id e d b y t h e C o n f i g u r a t i o n M a n a g e r ( C M ) a t t h e t i me o f d r a w i n g c h a n g e i n c o r p o r a t i o n . O u t s t a n d i n g E O n u mb e r s ma y b e i n c o r p o r a t e d u n d e r o n e r e v i s i o n l e t t e r . 3. TITLE: Title of the drawing to be revised. 4 . N E X T A S S E M B L Y : N e x t a s s e mb l y n u mb e r o f t h e d r a w i n g s a f f e c t e d b y t h e change. 5 . U S E D O N : T h e t y p e o f e q u i p me n t s u c h a s G r o u n d - S u p p o r t E q u i p me n t ( G S E ) or Flight (FLT). 6 . P R O G R A M: N a me o f p r o g r a m. 7. REASON: Reason why the change is necessary rather than description of the c h a n g e . A C o n f i g u r a t i o n C h a n g e R e q u e s t ( C C R ) n u mb e r a n d c l a s s t o b e provided by the project engineer where applicable or when required by the CM. 8. TYPE OF EO: Advance Notice of Change: A change to the drawing that shall take place at s o me f u t u r e d a t e . S e v e r a l E O s ma y b e i n c o r p o r a t e d u n d e r t h e s a me r e v i s i o n letter.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

65

D e v i a t i o n : A r e c o r d o f a c h a n g e t o a ma n u f a c t u r e d p a r t . T h e c h a n g e i s t o accept a discrepancy correction in a part. The EO would be assigned a back s l a s h ( \ ) i n s t e a d o f a n E O r e v i s i o n l et t e r a n d i d e n t i f i e d a s a D e v i a t i o n f o r i n t h e r e v i s i o n b l o c k . N o p h ys i c a l c h a n g e t o t h e f i e l d o f s e r ia l n u mb e r the drawing will occur. O t h e r : A r e c o r d o f s p e c i a l t e s t s o r c i r c u ms ta n c e s t h a t mig h t n o t b e r e q u i r e d of all parts. 9 . D E S C R I P T I O N : D e s c r i p t i o n o f t h e c h a n g e t o b e ma d e s h a l l b e s h o w n u s i n g t h e w o r d s W a s a n d N o w o r R e mo v e a n d A d d . T h e w o r d s D e l e t e , C a n c e l l e d o r S u p e r s e d e d ma y a l s o b e u s e d . I n t h e s i t u a t i o n o f s u p e r s e d i n g a p r e v i o u s E O , a W a s a n d N o w c u r r e n t c o n d i t i o n mu s t a l s o b e shown, just as if the previous EO had been incorporated. I f t h e c u r r e n t E O f o r ma t i s i n s u f f i c i e n t i n s i z e , a s h e e t 2 o r mo r e ma y b e a d d e d ( s e e F i g u r e 3 0 b ) . I f a l a r g e r p a g e i s r e q u i r e d a s u p p l e me n t a l s h e e t s h a l l be prepared on a regular drawing-size sheet reproducible vellum and shall o f E O n u mb e r of drawing s t a t e T h i s s u p p l e me n t a l s h e e t i s p a g e . Enter in the description area of page 1 of the EO to see n u mb e r s u p p l e me n t a l s h e e t p a g e of this EO. T h e E O mu s t b e o n a n a p p r o v e d E O f o r m. N o p a s t e o n s o r l i n e s t r i k e o u t s a r e p e r mi t t e d . A l l l e t t e r i n g mu s t b e . 1 2 i n c h o r l a r g e r a n d u n i f o r m i n s i z e . OF : I n d i c a t e n u mb e r 1 a n d t h e t o t a l n u mb e r o f E O s h e e t s . 10. SHEET O n r e ma i n i n g s h e e t s , e n t e r t h e n u mb e r o f t h a t p a r t i c u l a r s h e e t o f t h e E O o n l y . 11. Disposition: Actions to be taken as a result of the change. 1 2 . E F F E C T I V E : I f t h e c h a n g e a f f e c t s o n l y a l i mi t e d n u mb e r o f a s e r i e s o f l i k e p a r t s , f i l l i n t h e s e r i a l n u mb e r ( s ) a n d d a t e . i F T H E C H A N G E 13. DRAWN BY: Signature, date, and GSFC CODE. 14. ISSUED BY: Signature, date, and GSFC code of CM official. 15. CHECKED: Signatures, date, and GSFC codes. When practicable, signatures should be those of persons who approved the original drawing. 16. APPROVED: sIGNATURE, DATE, AND Signature, date, and GSFC CODE. 17. ENGINEER: Signature, date, and GSFC CODE of project responsible engineer. 18. CCB APPROVAL: Configuration control board signature. 1 9 . J O B O R D E R N O : F a b r i c a t i o n n u mb e r t o b e a s s i g n e d b y t h e c o g n i z a n t engineer.code 2 0 . E O N O : T o b e a s s i g n e d b y t h e c o n f i g u r a t i o n ma n a g e me n t o f f i c e o r t h e designated representative for the program for which the EO is being written. E O n u mb e r s a r e i s s u e d i n n u me r i c a l s e q u e n c e a g a i n s t a p a r t i c u l a r d r a w i n g n u mb e r w h e n t h e E O i s s e n t f o r c h e c k i n g .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

66

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

19

18

10

20

E N G IN E E R IN GO R D E R
G O D D AR DS PA CE FLIG H TC EN TER G R E EN B ELT,M AR Y LAN D SH E ET 1. D R AW IN G TITLE 2. R EA SO N 3a . C C B APP R O V AL 3b . JOB O RD E RN O . G S FC C O D E LO C ATIO N 5. TYP EO FE O : AD V AN C E DN O TIC EO FC H AN G E D raw ing w ill be revised D EV IA TIO N D raw ing w ill not be revised O TH E R (Explain) 6. PR O G R AM U SE DO N N EX TA SSY 7. D ATE EFFE C TIV E SE R IA L D ATE 4. IS SU E D BY C M O OF

E O

D R AW IN G& R EV LE VE L

EO N O .

IN CR E V

14 12

8.

D ES C R IPTIO N

SC R A P

D IS PO S ITIO N

U SE AS IS

N O PA R TS M AD E

R W K

10.

D R AW NB Y

C H EC K ED :

AP PR O VE D:

AP PR O VE D:

EN G IN EE R IN G :

R AWM A TER IA L PA R T IN PR OC E SS

D ATE

C O D E

D ATE

C OD E

D ATE

C O D E

D ATE

C OD E

D ATE

C O D E

11

13

15

16

17

Figure 30a: Engineering Order (sheet 1)


E N G IN E E R IN GO R D E R
G O D D AR DS PA CE FLIG H TC EN TER G R E EN B ELT,M AR Y LAND

EO

D R AW IN G&R EV LE VE L SH E ET

EO N O . O F

IN CR E V

Figure 30b: Engineering Order (sheet 2)

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

67

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

68

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

7. 7.1.

DRAWING REVISIONS Revision Methods


R e v i s i o n s i n t h e f i e l d o f d r a w i n g s a r e mad e b y d e l e t i o n , e i t h e r b y e r a s u r e o r crossing out (a series of parallel lines placed on the face of drawing over the deleted portions of drawing), by addition, or by redrawing (all delineations shall b e ma d e t o s c a l e ) .

7.2.

Revision Identification
R e v i s i o n s s h a l l b e i d e n t i f i e d b y s y mb o l s i n t h e f i e l d o f t h e d r a w i n g ( s e e p a r a g r a p h 7 . 4 ) c r o s s - r e f e r e n c e d t o t h e r e v i s i o n d e s c r i p t i o n . R e v i s i o n s y mb o l s shall be entered in the revision block (see Figures 31a, 31b, and 31c, page 69). Revisions shall be by alphabetical letter and order, except that letters I, O, Q, S, X , a n d Z s h a l l n o t b e u s e d a s r e v i s i o n s y mb o l s . F o l l o w i n g l e t t e r Y , u s e A A , A B , etc.; after AY, use BA, BB, etc.

7.3.

Revision of Multisheet Drawings


T h e r e i s o n l y o n e a c c e p t a b l e me t h o d o f r e c o r d i n g c h a n g e s t o mu l t i s h e e t d r a w i n g s . Revisions to any sheet(s) shall be recorded in the revision description block on s h e e t 1 , a n d r e f e r e n c e s h a l l b e ma d e t o s h e e t ( s ) a f f e c t e d . L e v e l o f r e v i s i o n s h a l l be changed on each drawing sheet whether or not that particular sheet is affected. T h e r e v i s i o n d e s c r i p t i o n b l o c k o n a l l s h e e ts o t h e r t h a n s h e e t 1 s h a l l s t a t e S e e sheet 1 for revisions.

7.4.

Revision Recording
A s y mb o l ( e . g . , A 3 ) e n c l o s e d i n a c i r c l e s h a l l a p p e a r i n t h e f i e l d o f d r a w i n g a t t h e p o i n t o f r e v i s i o n . T h e l e t t e r A r e f e r s t o a n y r e v i s i o n s c o mp l e t e d a t a g i v e n t i me . T h e n u mb e r f o l l o w i n g r e f e r s t o t h e n u mb e r o f t h e r e v i s i o n ma d e . F i g u r e 3 1 a s h o w s e x a mp l e s o f t h i s . T h e s a me s y mb o l ma y a p p e a r mo r e t h a n o n c e i f , i n t h e r e v i s i o n d e s c r i p t i o n c o l u mn , mo r e t h a n o n e a c t i o n t o o k p l a c e p e r l i n e ( s e e F i g u r e 3 1 a u n d e r s y mb o l A 3 , l i n e 2 ) . W h e n c h a n g e s a r e ma d e t o a d r a w i n g t h r o u g h a d i r e c t i n c o r p o r a t i o n , r e v i s i o n s y mb o l s a r e r e q u i r e d o n t h e f i e l d o f t h e d r a w i n g , a n d a b b r e v i a t e d d e s c r i p t i o n s o f t h e c h a n g e s mu s t b e r e c o r d e d i n t h e r e v i s i o n b l o c k . W h e n c h a n g e s a r e ma d e t o a d r a w i n g t h r o u g h a n E O o r R e v i s i o n N o t i c e s y s t e m, r e v i s i o n s y mb o l s a r e n o t r e q u i r e d o n t h e f i e l d o f t h e d r a w i n g , b u t t h e R e v i s i o n for changes or See Revision Notice Blo c k mu s t s ta te S e e E O n u mb e r n u mb e r i n t h e r e v i s i o n d e s c r i p t i o n c o l u mn . F o r e i t h e r me t h o d o f i n c o r p o r a t i o n , t h e p e r s o n i n c o r p o r a t i n g t h e r e v i s i o n , t h e person assigned to check the incorporation, and the cognizant engineer responsible for the revision all shall date and initial the revision block in the a p p r o v e d c o l u mn .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

69

REVISION SYM A3 (1) (2) (3) (1) (3) DESCRIPTION R.188 WAS R.250 ADDED .500, 1.500 AND 2.000 DIMS REM'D .750 AND 7.000 DIMS WAS 1.500; (2) WAS .635; WAS 1.000+.005; (4) WAS "NOTE 4" -.000 DATE 1-2-84 APPROVAL (SIGNATURE)

B4

2-3-84

(SIGNATURE)

Note: Z o n e c o l u mn n o t r e q u i r e d o n C - s i z e d r a w i n g s a n d s ma l l e r . Figure 31a: Sample Revision Block

REVISION SYM C DESCRIPTION (1) REPLACES REV-B WITH CHANGE, SEE EO NUMBER XXX DATE 1-9-84 APPROVAL (SIGNATURE)

Note: I f n o E O s y s t e m i s u s e d , t h e c h a n g e s w o u l d b e s p e l l e d o u t , s i mi l a r t o Figure 31a. Figure 31b: Sample Revision Block

REVISION SYM B DESCRIPTION REPLACES REVISION-B WITHOUT CHANGE DATE 1-9-84 APPROVAL (SIGNATURE)

Note: T h e o l d d r a w i n g s h a l l h a v e t h e s t a t e me n t R E D R A W N W I T H O U T C H A N G E a d d e d t o i t s r e v i s i o n b l o c k , r e q u i r in g n o c h a n g e l e t t e r , a n d S U P E R S E D E D added above its Title block. Figure 31c: Sample Revision Block

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

70

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

7.5.

Redrawn or Replaced Drawings


The next revision letter in sequence shall be entered in the revision block of the n e w d r a w i n g . T o t h e r e v i s i o n b l o c k s h a l l b e a d d ed R e p l a c e s R e v i s i o n ( o l d revision letter) With Change and a description of the change or reference to an E n g i n e e r i n g O r d e r ( E O ) d o c u me n t n u mb e r s h a l l b e r e c o r d e d i n t h e d e s c r i p t i o n c o l u mn . A l l p r e v i o u s r e v i s i o n s s h a l l b e o mi t t e d f r o m t h e s u p e r s e d i n g d r a w i n g . T h e s t a t e me n t R e p l a c e d W i t h C h a n g e B y R e v i s i o n ( n e w r e v i s i o n l e t t e r ) s h a l l b e a d d e d t o t h e s u p e r s e d e d d r a w i n g 's r e v i s i o n b l o c k a n d S u p e r s e d e d s h a l l b e placed in 1/4-inch-high lettering directly above the Title block. When a drawing i s r e d r a w n w i t h o u t c h a n g e s , t h e p h r a s e R e p l a c e s R e v i s i o n ( ol d r e v i s i o n l e t t e r ) W i t h o u t C h a n g e s h a l l b e a d d e d t o r e v i s io n b l o c k a n d r e v i s i o n l e t t e r s h a l l r e ma i n u n c h a n g e d . S e e F i g u r e 3 1 c . O r i g i n a l n a me s a n d d a t e s f r o m t h e o l d t i t l e b l o c k s h a l l b e t y p e d i n o n t h e r e p l a c e me n t d r a w i n g .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

71

8.

PARTS LIST AND INDEX LIST


T h i s s e c t i o n e s t a b l i s h e s min i mu m r e q u i r e me n t s f o r t h e p r e p a r a t i o n a n d s u b mi s s i o n o f P a r t s L i s t s ( P L ) a n d I n d ex L i s t s ( I L ) u s e d w i t h e n g i n e e r i n g drawings. P a r t s L i s t s ma y b e p r e p a r e d f o r e a c h a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h i s section. For parts lists on drawings, see Figure 34 on page 80 or Figure 3 on page 10. I n d e x L i s t s ma y b e p r e p a r e d f o r e a c h P a y l o a d , E n g i n e e r i n g M o d e l , M a j o r A s s e mb l y , C o mp l e x A s s e mb l y o f a s s e mb l i e s , a s d i r e c t e d b y P r o j e c t M a n a g e r .

8.1.

Definitions
Cover Sheet: This refers to the first sheet of each Parts List or Index List and is a record of the revisions. P a r t s L i s t ( P L ) : T h i s i s a t a b u l a t i o n o f t h e i t e ms n e c e s s a r y f o r f a b r i c a t i n g o r a s s e mb l i n g t h e e n d i t e m( s ) t o w h i c h t h e l i s t a p p l i e s . Index List (IL): This is a list of the one principal and all subordinate PLs a p p l i c a b l e t o a ma j o r a s s e mb l y . B u l k M a t e r i a l s : T h e s e a r e i t e ms t h a t a r e n e c e s s a r y c o n s t i t u e n t s o f a n a s s e mb l y o r s u b a s s e mb l y , f o r w h i c h t h e q u a n t i t y r e q u ir e d i s n o t r e a d i l y p r e d e t e r min a b l e . E x a mp l e s a r e o i l , w a x , s o l d e r , c e me n t , i n k , d a mp i n g f l u i d , g r e a s e , p o w d e r e d graphite, flux, welding rod, thread, twine, and chain. If the quantity is known, b u t t h e p h y s i c a l n a t u r e o f t h e ma t e r i a l i s s u c h t h a t i t i s n o t a d a p t a b l e t o d e p i c t i o n o n a d r a w i n g , o r t h e ma t e r i a l c a n b e c u t t o f i n i s h e d s i z e b y t h e u s e o f s u c h h a n d o r b e n c h t o o l s a s s h e a r s , p l i e r s , k n i v e s , e t c . w i t h o u t f u r t h e r ma c h i n i n g o p e r a t i o n s , t h e n t h e ma t e r i a l 's c o n f i g u r a t i o n s h a l l b e f u l l y d e s c r i b e d i n w r i t i n g w i t h o u t t h e necessity of pictorial presentation. S p e c i a l H a n d l i n g E q u i p m e n t a n d P a c k a g i n g : T h i s t e r m a p p l i e s t o i t e ms s u c h a s b o x e s , s h i p p i n g c o n t a i n e r s , c r a d l e s , c r a ne a t t a c h me n t s , a n d o t h e r s p e c i a l i t e ms needed for storing and transporting. S p e c i a l T e s t E q u i p m e n t : T h i s t e r m a p p l i e s t o i t e ms o f s p e c i a l t e s t e q u i p me n t t h a t a r e r e q u i r e d f o r g o v e r n me n t i n s p e c t i o n o r s e r v i c e ma i n t e n a n c e , s u c h a s t e s t stands, indicators, etc. A p p l i c a b l e S t a n d a r d s , S p e c i f ic a t i o n s , a n d P u b l i c a t i o n s : T h i s t e r m a p p l i e s t o d o c u me n t s r e f e r e n c e d o n o r i n v o k e d b y t h e d r a w i n g s .

8.2.

Requirements
8.2.1. List Preparation
T h e P L a n d I L ma y b e p r e p a r e d ma n u a l l y o r b y t y p e w r i t e r o r c o mp u t e r w o r d p r o c e s s o r .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

72

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

8.2.2.

List Formats
L i s t s s h a l l u s e p r e p r i n t e d 8 1 /2 - b y 1 1 - i n c h s i z e f o r ma t . T h e p r e p a r a t i o n r e q u i r e me n t s a r e p r o v i d e d h e r e i n . W h e n mo r e t h a n a s i n g l e s h e e t i s r e q u i r e d t o p r e p a r e o r r e v i s e a list, the list title is required on the first sheet only. The design activity shall use a cover sheet as illustrated in Figure 32a on page 74. Entries on the cover sheet shall be c o mp l e t e d a s e x p l a i n e d i n C o v e r S h e e t , s e c t i o n 8 . 3 , b e l o w .

8.2.3.

Revision Identification
A revision letter and the date of revision shall be applied to each l i s t w h e n a n y c h a n g e i s ma d e . T h e l e t t e r s I , O , Q , a n d X s h a l l n o t be used as revision letters. List shall be revised independently of the associated drawings.

8.2.4.

Deleting Items
I t e ms t o b e d e l e t e d ma y b e e i t h e r l i n e d o u t , e r a s e d , o r o mi t t e d .

8.2.5.

Adding Items
N e w o r s u p e r s e d i n g i t e ms ma y b e a d d e d a t t h e e n d o f a l i s t o r inserted in the list in proper sequence.

8.3.

Cover Sheet
The Cover Sheet shall be the first sheet for each PL or IL and shall be prepared as indicated herein.

8.3.1.

Format
The Cover Sheet shall be prepared on Form 670-36 (1/65). Refer to Figure 32a on page 74.

8.3.2.

Entries
E n t r i e s s h a l l b e ma d e i n t h e b l o c k s a n d c o l u mn s o f t h e C o v e r S h e e t as directed on the following page: 1 . C O D E I D E N T : E n t e r C o d e I d e n t i f i c a t i o n n u mb e r a s a s s i g n e d b y Federal Supply CAGE Publication H4/H8 for using activity. N u mb e r i s l o c a t e d i n t i t l e b l o c k o f d e s i g n a c t i v i t y . 2 . L I S T N O . : E n t e r t h e n u mb e r o f t h e P L o r I L f o r w h i c h t h e c o v e r sheet is being prepared. 3. SHEET OF : E n t e r t h e t o t a l n u mb e r o f s h e e t s u s e d .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

73

4. REV: Enter revision letter of the latest revision to the PL. C h a n g e s t o t h i s b l o c k s h a l l b e ma d e b y e r a s u r e . 5 . I T E M N O M E N C L A T U R E: E n t e r t h e s a me n o me n c l a t u r e t h a t a p p e a r s i n t h e T i t l e b l o c k o f t h e a s s e mb l y f o r w h i c h t h e l i s t i s b e i n g p r e p a r e d . T h e i t e m n o me n c l a t u r e s h a l l a l w a y s b e a n o u n . 6 . V E N D O R: I f p r e p a r e d b y c o n t r a c t o r f o r G S F C , e n t e r c o n t r a c t o r n a me a n d F e d e r a l S u p p l y C A G E C o d e N u mb e r s . 7 . P R E P A R E D : E n t e r n a me o f p e r s o n p r e p a r i n g l i s t . 8. APPROVED: Enter signature of person approving for accuracy a n d c o mp l e t e n e s s . 9. ENG APPROVAL: Enter signature of Assistant Project Engineer (optional). 10. ENG APPROVAL: Enter signature of Project Engineer ( ma n d a t o r y f o r a l l p r o c u r e me n t ) . 1 1 . A U T H E N T I C A T I O N : E n t e r n a me o f p e r s o n d e s i g n a t e d t o s i g n for design activity or division. 12. CONTRACT NO: When prepared by contractor for GSFC, enter t h e c o n t r a c t n u mb e r . 13. LTR: Enter revision letter of current revision. 1 4 . D E S C R I P T I O N : E n t e r a c o mp l e t e a n d c o n c i s e d e s c r i p t i o n o f t h e revision that applies to the PL. 15. DATE: Enter date of revision. 1 6 . A P P ( A p p r o v a l ) : E n t e r i n i t i a l s o f p e r s o n c o mp l e t i n g r e v i s i o n review. 17. RECORD OF REVISION: Enter revision status of individual PL sheets.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

74

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

Figure 32a: Parts List (and Index List) Cover Sheet

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

75

8.4.

Parts List Continuation Sheet


T h e P L c o n t i n u a t i o n s h e e t s h a l l b e p r e p a r ed a s i n d i c a t e d h e r e i n . C i r c l e d n u mb e r s h a v e b e e n a s s i g n e d t o e a c h c o l u mn o r b l o ck f o r i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o n l y . T h e P L s h a l l c o n t a i n a c o v e r s h e e t a n d a s ma n y P L c o n t i n u a t i o n s h e e t s a s n e c e s s a r y t o c o mp l e t e l y l i s t a l l t h e i n f o r ma t i o n .

8.4.1.

Format
The PL continuation sheet shall be prepared on Form 670-37 (1/65). Refer to Figure 32b on page 76

8.4.2.

Entries
E n t r i e s s h a l l b e ma d e i n t h e b l o c k s a n d c o l u mn s a s d i r e c t e d b e l o w : 1 . P A R T S L I S T N O . : O n e a c h s h e e t o f t h e P L , e n t e r t h e n u mb e r o f the corresponding drawing. 2 . S H E E T N O . : O n e a c h s h e e t , e n t e r t h e a p p r o p r i a t e s h e e t n u mb e r . 3 . I T E M F I N D N O S . : E n t e r n u mb e r t a k e n f r o m a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g . 4. DWG. DOCUMENT PART OR STOCK NO.: Enter the part n u mb e r o r o t h e r i d e n t i f y i n g n u mb e r o f e a c h i t e m i n t h e l i s t . 5. QTY REQD PER ASSY.: Enter the quantity required for each a s s e mb l y . 6 . C O D E I D E N T N O . ( C o d e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n n u mb e r ): E n t e r a p p r o p r i a t e n u mb e r a s s i g n e d t o t h e d e s i g n a c t i v i t y p e r C A G E P u b l i c a t i o n H 4 / H 8 . W h e n a g o v e r n me n t o r i n d u s t r y s t a n d a r d p a r t o r s p e c i f i c a t i o n n u mb e r a p p e a r s i n C o l u mn 4 , n o e n t r y s h a l l b e ma d e i n C o l u mn 6 . W h e n t h e C o d e I d e n t i f i c a t i o n N u mb e r f o r a n i t e m i s i d e n t i c a l t o t h a t e n t e r e d i n B l o c k 1 o f t h e C o v e r S h e e t , d o n o t r e p e a t t h e n u mb e r i n C o l u mn 6 o f t h e P L continuation sheet. 7. DRAWING TITLE OR ITEM DESCRIPTION (Item description o r n o me n c l a t u r e ) : E n t e r t h e n o u n o r n o u n p h r a s e d e s c r i b i n g t h e i t e m w h o s e p a r t o r i d e n t i f y i n g n u mb e r a p p e a r s o n a s s e mb l y drawing. 8 . R E M A R K S : E n t e r i n f o r ma t i o n t h a t c o u ld b e u s e f u l f o r r e f e r e n c e [ i . e . , s p e c i f i c a t i o n , c o n t r o l d r aw i n g s , d e s i g n a t i o n s ( e . g . , R 1 0 , J 1 4 , e t c . ) , v e n d o r 's i t e ms , e t c . ] .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

76

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

Figure 32b: Parts List Continuation Sheet

S u p p l e me n t a r y H e a d i n g L i s t . I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e h e a d i n g s t h a t a r e u s e d f o r t h e i t e ms o f t h e P L , a s u p p l e me n t a r y h e a d i n g l i s t a s s t a t e d below shall be used if applicable: - Bulk Material. - S p e c i a l H a n d l i n g E q u i p me n t a n d P a c k a g i n g . - S p e c i a l T e s t E q u i p me n t .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

77

- Applicable Standards, Specifications, and Publications.

8.5.

Index List Continuation Sheet


T h e I L c o n t i n u a t i o n s h e e t s h a l l b e p r e p a r ed a s i n d i c a t e d h e r e i n . C i r c l e d n u mb e r s h a v e b e e n a s s i g n e d t o e a c h c o l u mn o r b l o ck f o r i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o n l y . T h e I L s h a l l c o n t a i n a c o v e r s h e e t a n d a s ma n y I L c o n t i n u a t i o n s h e e t s a s n e c e s s a r y t o c o mp l e t e l y l i s t a l l t h e i n f o r ma t i o n .

8.5.1.

Format
The IL continuation sheet shall be prepared on Form 670-39 (1/65). Refer to Figure 33 on page 78.

8.5.2.

Entries
E n t r i e s s h a l l b e ma d e i n t h e b l o c k s a n d c o l u mn s a s d i r e c t e d b e l o w : 1 . I N D E X L I S T N U M B E R: O n e a c h s h e e t , e n t e r t h e n u mb e r o f f i r s t a s s e mb l y l e v e l ( t o p o r ma i n a s s e mb l y ) . 2 . S H E E T N O . : O n e a c h s h e e t , e n t e r t h e a p p r o p r i a t e s h e e t n u mb e r . 3. CODE IDENT.: Enter code identification taken from PL. 4 . L I S T N O . : E n t e r n u mb e r o f t h e P L . 5 . L I S T N O M E N C L A T U R E: E n t e r n o me n c l a t u r e a s i t a p p e a r s o n the PL. 6 . A S S Y L E V E L : E n t e r t h e n e x t a s s e mb l y l e v e l n u mb e r o f t h e l i s t n u mb e r .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

78

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

Figure 33: Index List Continuation Sheet

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

79

8.6.

Find or Item Number System of Identification


8.6.1. Definition
A f i n d n u mb e r o r i t e m n u mb e r i s a n u mb e r a s s i g n e d t o a p a r t o r s u b a s s e mb l y f o r t h e p u r p o s e o f l o c a t i n g t h e p a r t o r s u b a s s e mb l y i n t h e f i e l d o f t h e a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g . T h e f i n d o r i t e m n u mb e r i s a l s o s h o w n i n t h e P a r t s L i s t f o r a n a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g , w h e t h e r t h e l i s t i s s e p a r a t e o r a n i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e d r a w i n g . T h e f i n d n u mb e r i s u s u a l l y a s s o c i a t e d w i t h a s e p a r a t e P a r t s L i s t , a n d t h e i t e m n u mb e r is usually associated with the List of Material on drawings, but b o t h a r e u s e d f o r l o c a t i n g p a r t s . P a r t s a n d s u b a s s e mb l i e s a r e i d e n t i f i e d b y o t h e r n u mb e r s f o r p u r p o s e s o f p r o c u r e me n t a n d ma r k i n g . T h e s e i d e n t i f y i n g n u mb e r s a r e c r o s s - r e f e r e n c e d t o t h e f i n d o r i t e m n u mb e r s i n t h e P L o r i n a t a b u l a t i o n o n t h e a s s e mb l y drawing.

8.6.2.

Application and Limitation


T h e f i n d o r i t e m n u mb e r s y s t e m p r o v id e s a q u i c k me a n s o f l o c a t i n g p a r t s o n a r e l a t i v e l y s ma l l a r e a o f a d r a w i n g h a v i n g a h i g h d e n s i t y o f p a r t s . I t i s p r e f e r r e d t h a t t h e c o n v e n t i o n a l me t h o d o f i d e n t i f i c a t i o n ( i t e m n u mb e r s ) b e u s e d o n d r a w i n g s o f s i mp l e a s s e mb l i e s , e v e n t h o u g h f i n d a n d p a r t n u mb e r s a r e u s e d f o r c o mp l e x a s s e mb l i e s t h a t a r e c o mp o n e n t s o f t h e s a me e q u i p me n t . S e e F i g u r e 3 4 o n p a g e 8 0 . F o r a s a mp l e d r a w i n g o f a n a s s e mb l y u s i n g t h e f i n d a n d p a r t n u mb e r s ys t e m, s e e F i g u r e 1 7 o n p a g e 4 0 . T h e i t e m n u mb e r s y s t e m o f i d e n t i f i c a t i o n s h a l l a l s o b e u s e d t o l o c a t e p i e c e s o n d r a w i n g s o f i n s e p ar a b l e a s s e mb l i e s w h e n ma t e r i a l s p e c i f i c a t i o n s o r ma t e r i a l t emp e r s d i f f e r f r o m o n e a n o t h e r .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

80

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

R EV IS IO N S YM D E S C RIP TIO N D A T E A PP RO V A L

12 EXPER IM EN T IN TER FAC E

8 11 14

7 10 3 9 5
14 13 12 4 4 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 1 X
ITE M N O . U N LES SO TH E R W IS E SP E C IF IED -D IM E N SIO N S AR E IN IN C H ES R E Q D R EQ D

6
FO LD LIN E

M S 20500-428 M S 20500-1214 M S 20500-1018 M S 35308-314 G C 1416639-1 G C 1416635-1 G C 1416636 G C 1416637 G C 1416638 G D 1416679 G C 1416681 G C 1416640 G C 1416680 G D 1416678 G D 1416697
PA R TN O .

N U T, 1/4-2B U N F-3B N U T, 3/4-16 U N F-3B N U T, 5/8-18 U N F-3B S C R E W ,C A P ,H E X A G O NH D S H IM S P A C E R S LE EV E S E A T, U P P E R S E A T, LO W E R S TE M ,M O U N TC S H AF T, B E A R IN G B E A R IN G

C R E S
R E V

C R E S C R E S C R E S

4 13 13

11 10 9 8 7

3 2 2

6 5 4 3 2 1

B A S E ,M O U NT C M O UN TC ,A S S E M B LY
D E S C RIP TIO N M A TE RIA L M A T ERIA LS PEC& N O .

LIST O FM ATERIAL
N AT IO N A L AER O N A U TIC S AN D S P A CE A DM INIS T RA TIO N

SE C TIO N

A-A

T O LER AN C ES :
.XX .XXX FR AC TION S 125

G oddard Space Flight Center


IN IT D A TE

G R E E N BELT, M A R YLA ND

.02

.005

1/16

N AM E D E S IG NE R

D R A W IN GIN TER P R ET E DP E RG S FC -X673-64-1

R E M O V EA LL BU R R S AN DS H AR P ED G E S R .010 O RC H AM FERM A X.

FLIG H TH AR DW AR E/PO ST FAB H AR DN ESS TEST R EQ 'D H ARD N ESS TEST N O TR EQU IR ED N ON FLIGH T

D R A W N

T ITLE

TEST H AR DN ESS PER ASTM E-18, LO C ATIO N OPTION AL TEST H AR DN ESS PER ASTM E-18 W H ER E IN D ICATED O N FIELD O FD RAW IN G TH U S N O NO N -DESTR U C TIVE EXAM IN ATIO N (N DE) REQ 'D N D ER EQ U IR ED PER S-313-009 C O DE
TH IS DR A W INGW AS P RO D U C EDUS IN G

C H E C KED

A P P RO VE D

A P P RO VE D

A P P RO VE D -STR E S S S O FTW AR E : V ER SIO N : A P P RO VE D -EN G IN EE R FILE N A M E : N E X TA SS Y U S E DO N C O D E S C A LE W T SH

R E V

G C
FO LD LIN E

Figure 34: Sample Assembly Drawing With List of Material

8.6.3.

Drawing Requirements
W h e n u s e d i n t h e f i e l d o f t h e d r a w i n g , i t e m n u mb e r s s h a l l b e e n c l o s e d i n c i r c u l a r - s h a p e d 1 / 2 - i n c h - d i a me t e r b a l l o o n s . F o r d r a w i n g s o f e l e c t r o n i c c h a s s i s a s s e mb l i e s , i f t h e o u t l i n e s o f resistors or capacitors are shown, the reference designations shall be placed within those outlines when practical. The corresponding f i n d n u mb e r s s h a l l b e o mi t t e d f r o m t h e v i e w s . I n s u c h c a s e s , a t a b l e s h a l l b e p r o v i d e d o n t h e d r a w i n g t o s h o w t h e f i n d n u mb e r a s s i g n e d t o e a c h i t e m t h a t i s i d e nt i f i e d b y a r e f e r e n c e d e s i g n a t i o n o n t h e v i e w s . T h e s a me f i n d n u mb e r s h a l l b e u s e d f o r a n y g r o u p o f r e f e r e n c e d e s i g n a t i o n s a s s i g n e d t o i t e ms o f i d e n t i c a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s . T h e i t e m o r f i n d n u mb e r s o n a n y d r a w i n g s h a l l b e a s s i g n e d i n d e p e n d e n t l y o f t h o se o n a n y o t h e r d r a w i n g . F i n d n u mb e r s a s s i g n e d t o s u b a s s e mb l i e s s h o w n o n a n a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g shall be distinguished from those assigned to parts by adding a l e t t e r s u f f i x t o t h e s u b a s s e mb l y f i n d n u mb e r .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

G C

S EA T, M O U N TC

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

81

8.7.

List of Material
A L i s t o f M a t e r i a l ( L M ) s h a l l b e p r e pa r e d a n d i n c l u d e d o n e a c h a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g t o p r o v i d e t h e i n d i v i d u a l p a r t o r s u b a s s e mb l y i t e m n u mb e r , q u a n t i t y r e q u i r e d , p a r t n u mb e r , d e s c r i p t i o n , ma t e r i a l , a n d ma t er i a l s p e c i f i c a t i o n . S e e F i g u r e 3 4 o n page 80.

8.7.1.

Format
T h e L i s t o f M a t e r i a l s h a l l b e p la c e d a b o v e t h e d r a w i n g T i t l e b l o c k as shown in Figure 34 on page 80.

8.7.2.

Entries
E n t r i e s s h a l l b e ma d e i n t h e b l o c k s a n d c o l u mn s a s i n d i c a t e d i n Figure 3 on page 10.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

82

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

9. 9.1.

DOCUMENTATION MANAGEMENT Typical Drawing Flow for Flight Projects


Engineer (concept) Designer (layout) Engineer (approval of layout concepts) Designer Documents (detail, subassy., assy., instl., etc.) on CAD or conventional board drawing Engineer (review) Design Analyst (checking/review) Engineer (consideration of suggestions affecting design) Designer (modifications) Design Analyst (checking approval of CAD/paper or vellum original) Engineer (approval) Configuration Manager 1. Update Master CAD File with Names & Dates 2. Release Prints to Fabrication Parts Completed Parts GSFC QA No Changes to Released Drawings Engineer (acceptance or rejection) Yes Designer (records change & forwards check copy) Advance Shop Copy (optional) Engineer EOs (change notice)

Figure 35: Typical Drawing Flow for Flight Projects

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

83

9.2.

Archiving
D r a w i n g s , E n g i n e e r i n g O r d e r s ( E O s ) , C e rt i f i c a t i o n L o g s , A s s o c i a t e d L i s t s , a n d Engineering Parts Lists (EPLs) shall be archived after signoff. Following are s o me s a mp l e a r c h i v i n g me t h o d s : a. Filing of all paper originals.

b . S c a n n i n g o f t h e p a p e r o r i g i n a l s t o a s ta n d a r d d i g i t a l r a s t e r i ma g e f o r ma t s u c h as CCITT Group 4 (CALS, MIL-R-28002) and then using a digital storage s y s t e m t o a r c h i v e t h e r e s u l t i n g d a t a b a s e o f r a s t e r i ma g e s . c. M i c r o f i l mi n g a n d s t o r i n g o n a p e r t u r e c a r d s w h e n r e q u e s t e d b y a G S F C d i v i s i o n t h a t s t i l l h a s e q u i p me n t t o r e t r i e v e t h e i n f o r ma t i o n . Note: B e f o r e d e c i d i n g t o a r c h i v e u s i n g a p e rt u r e c a r d s , t h e a v a i l a b i l i t y o f r e t r i e v a l e q u i p me n t a n d t h e q u a l i t y o f r e p r o d u c t i o n s h o u l d b e c o n s i d e r e d . T h e q u a l i t y o f d r a w i n g s , l i s t s , a n d d o c u me n t s s h a l l me e t t h e l e g i b i l i t y a n d c o n t r a s t r e q u i r e me n t s o f M I L - D - 5 4 8 0 a n d M I L - M - 9 8 6 8 . T h e mic r o f i l m s u p p l i e d s h a l l be Type I, Class 1.

9.3.

Computer-Aided Design Drawings


T h e p u r p o s e o f t h i s s e c t i o n i s t o s e t p o l i c y o n h o w C o mp u t e r - A i d e d D e s i g n ( C A D ) d r a w i n g s a r e t o b e h a n d l e d w h i l e a c t i v e , s u p p l i e d , d o c u me n t e d , a n d archived.

9.3.1.

Presentation of Computer-Generated Data


A c o mp u t e r g r a p h i c s o r C A D p r o g r a m i s u s e d t o c r e a t e e l e c t r o n i c data file drawings. A paper original is produced on which drawing s i g n a t u r e r e q u i r e me n t s a r e p l a c e d . T h e e l e c t r o n i c d a t a f i l e mu s t b e u p d a t e d t o i n c l u d e n a me s , i n i t i a l s , a n d d a t e s . T h e p a p e r o r i g i n a l i s n o w t h e a c t i v e o r i g i n a l a n d i s f i l e d w i t h t h e c o n f i g u r a t i o n ma n a g e r ( C M ) , a l o n g w i t h t h e e l e c t r o n i c d a t a f i l e w h i c h mu s t b e u s e d f o r future changes. When a revision is needed, an Engineering Order (EO) paper o r i g i n a l i s w r i t t e n a n d s u b mi t t e d t o t h e C M f o r d i s t r i b u t i o n a n d f i l i n g . A f t e r n o mo r e t h a n f i v e o u t s t a n d i n g E O s a r e w r i t t e n , a n e w electronic CAD drawing should be produced by the originating GSFC group or contractor. The changes shall be recorded in the revision block, dated, and initialed. A new paper original with the changes incorporated, dated, and initialed, shall replace the previous original in the CM file. The new original shall be so s t a mp e d , d a t e d , a n d s i g n e d b y t h e C M r e p r e s e n t a t i v e .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

84

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

C A D d a t a f i l e s a r e t o b e s t o r e d o n me d i a t h a t a r e c o mp a t i b l e w i t h c u r r e n t l y u s e d G S F C s y s t e ms . T h e s e me d i a i n c l u d e mu l t i t r a c k r e e l s o f c o mp u t e r t a p e o r f l e x i b l e d i s k s ( 3 - 1 / 2 o r 5 - 1 / 4 d o u b l e s i d e , h i g h d e n s i t y ) . E a c h s t o r a g e me d i u m ma y c o n t a i n o n e o r mo r e f i l e s . T h e f o l l o w i n g s h a l l a c c o mp a n y e a c h s t o r a g e r e q u e s t : a. A c o mp u t e r - g e n e r a t e d l i s t o f i n f o r ma t i o n c o n t a i n e d o n e a c h p i e c e o f s t o r a g e me d i u m ( f o r e x a mp l e : n u mb e r , d r a w i n g s i z e , etc.).

b . T h e b r a n d n a me o f t h e c o mp u t e r a n d s o f t w a r e u s e d t o c r e a t e t h e f i l e s , a n d t h e s o f t w a r e v e r s i o n n u mb e r i f p r a c t i c a l . G S F C r e q u i r e s t h a t C A D d a t a b e c o n v e r t e d t o a s t a n d a r d f o r ma t , such as the Drawing Interchange File (DXF) or Initial Graphics Exchange Specification (IGES). Refer to the National Institute for Standards and Technology for the latest version of IGES. This type o f f o r ma t a l l o w s t h e C A D d a t a t o b e r e a d b y d i f f e r e n t t y p e s o f C A D s y s t e ms . F o r a t e c h n i c a l o v e r v i e w o f I G E S , r e f e r t o t h e N a t i o n a l Bureau of Standards publication, NBS IR81-229, A Technical Briefing on the Initial Graphics Exchange.

9.3.2.

Developing and Using Computer-Generated Drawings


A l l q u e s t i o n s r e g a r d i n g t h e l a t e s t i n f o r ma t i o n s y s t e ms a n d a p p l i c a t i o n s s h o u l d b e d i r e c t e d t o t h e C o mp u t e r - A i d e d D e s i g n S e c t i o n o f t h e M e c h a n i c a l En g i n e e r i n g B r a n c h . D r a w i n g s g e n e r a t e d b y c o mp u t e r mu s t b e t o s c a l e p e r s e c t i o n 3 . 4 o n p a g e 3 2 o f t h i s ma n u a l .

9.3.3.

Specification Data
T h e A me r i c a n N a t i o n a l S t a n d ar d s I n s t i t u t e p u b l i c a t i o n , D i g i t a l Representation for Communication of Product Definition Data ( A N S I Y 1 4 . 2 6 M- 1 9 8 7 a n d u p d a t e s ) , s h o u l d b e c o n s u l t e d t o e s t a b l i s h a s t a n d a r d d a t a c o mmu n i c a t i o n s f o r ma t .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

85

10. 10.1.

DESIGN REFERENCES, STANDARDS, AND SPECIFICATIONS Dimensioning and Tolerancing


10.1.1. Dimensioning and Tolerancing Practices
T h e d i me n s i o n i n g a n d t o l e r a n c i n g f o r a l l t yp e s o f d r a w i n g s s h a l l b e in accordance with ANSI Y14.5M-1982 (or later revisions). Copies are available from A me r i c a n N a t i o n a l S t a n d a r d s I n s t i t u t e 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 A me r i c a n S o c i e t y o f M e c h a n i c a l E n g i n e e r s 345 E. 47th Street New York, NY 10017

10.1.2.

Statements on Dimensioning
a. D i me n s i o n s s h a l l b e c h o s e n a n d p l a c e d o n d r a w i n g s b a s e d o n t h e p a r t s i n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s w i t h ma t i n g p a r t s , n o t t o insignificant theoretical center lines.

b . P r i ma r y , s e c o n d a r y , a n d t e r t i a r y d a t u m f e a t u r e s s h a l l b e l a b e l e d in alphabetical order when creating a new drawing. c. D r a w i n g s o f p a r t s r e q u i r i n g t e mp l a t e s i n t h e f a b r i c a t i o n p r o c e s s a n d t h e i r t e mp l a t e d r a w i n g s mu s t b e d i me n s i o n e d a l i k e . R e f e r t o t o o l i n g r e q u i r e d n o t e s i n D i me n s i o n N o t e s , p a r a g r a p h 2 . 4 . 4 . 1 on page 16.

d . U s e a min i mu m o f r e f e r e n c e d i me n s i o n s o n d r a w i n g s . e. W h e n u s i n g t r u e p o s i t i o n d ime n s i o n i n g * , t h e d i me n s i o n f r o m the feature to other edges and its perpendicularity relationship t o a s u r f a c e mu s t b e i d e n t i f i e d w i t h d a t u m l e t t e r s . I mp l i e d d a t u ms ( w h e n n o d a t u m l e t t e r ( s ) a r e s p e c i f i e d ) a r e n o l o n g e r acceptable.

* b a s i c , o r t h e o r e t i c a l l y e x a c t d i me n s i o n s ; e x a mp l e : X.XXX

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

86

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

10.2.

Metric Dimensioning
N MI 8 0 1 0 . 2 A , U s e o f t h e M e t r i c S y s t e m o f M e a s u r e m e n t i n N A S A P r o g r a m s , e s t a b l i s h e s p o l i c y a n d r e q u i r e me n t s f o r u s e o f t h e me t r i c me a s u r e me n t s y s t e m ( a l s o k n o w n a s t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l S y s t e m o f U n i t s , o r S I ) i n N A S A p r o g r a ms a n d t h e c o n d i t i o n s u n d e r w h i c h b o t h E n g l i s h a n d me t r i c me a s u r e me n t s ma y b e u s e d . W h e n me t r i c d i me n s i o n i n g i s t o b e u s e d , t h e d o c u me n t s A S T M E 3 8 0 - 9 1 a , S t a n d a r d P r a c t i c e f o r U s e o f t h e I n te r n a t i o n a l S y s t e m o f U n i t s (S I ) , a n d N A S 1 0 0 0 0 , N A D o c u m e n t s P r e p a r a t i o n a n d M a i n t e n a n c e i n S I (M e t r i c ) U n i t s , g i v e s p e c i f i c i n f o r ma t i o n a n d c o n v e r s i o n f a c t o r s .

10.2.1.

SI Units and Symbols


a. SI base units are seven well-defined units that are regarded as d i me n s i o n a l l y i n d e p e n d e n t . T h e y a r e a s f o l l o w s : SI Base Units

Quantity length mass time electric current thermodynamic temperature* luminous intensity amount of substance

Name meter kilogram second ampere kelvin candela mole

Symbol m kg s A K cd mol

Selected List of Derived Units Quantity acceleration angular acceleration angular velocity area density, mass electric charge electric potential electrical resistance energy force frequency magnetic flux moment of force power pressure or stress velocity volume Name or Unit meter per second squared radian per second squared radian per second square meter kilogram per cubic meter coulomb volt ohm joule newton hertz weber newton meter watt pascal meter per second cubic meter Symbol m/s2 rad/s2 rad/s m2 kg/m3 C V (Omega) J N Hz Wb Nxm W Pa m/s m3 Formula Axs W/A V/A Nxm kg x m/s2 1/s Vxs J/s N/m2 -

*The SI temperature scale is the International Thermodynamic Kelvin Scale, symbol K. Degree Celsius, symbol C, is for general use. The span of one degree Celsius is exactly one Kelvin.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

87

b . D i me n s i o n i n g a n d t o l e r a n c i n g s h a l l b e i n S I u n i t s a n d d e c i ma l f r a c t i o n s o f t h e u n i t . A l l l i n e a r d i me n s i o n s s h a l l b e i n mi l l i me t e r s a n d d e c i ma l f r a c t i o n s o f mi l l i me t e r s . A l t h o u g h t h e SI unit for the plane angle is the radian, angles stated in d e g r e e s , min u t e s , a n d s e c o n d s , o r i n d e g r e e s a n d d e c i ma l o f a d e g r e e ( p r e f e r r e d ) , s h a l l b e u s e d w h e n d i me n s i o n i n g p a r t s . T h e n u mb e r o f d e c i ma l p l a c e s i n t h e d i me n s i o n s h a l l b e t h e s a me a s t h e n u mb e r o f p l a c e s i n t h e r e q u ir e d t o l e r a n c e . T h e r o u n d i n g o f d i me n s i o n s a n d t o l e r a n c i n g s h al l b e i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h s e c t i o n 1 0 . 2 . 2 . 2 o n p a g e 8 9 . D r a w i n g s s h a l l b e d i me n s i o n e d a n d toleranced in accordance with ANSI Y14.5M-1982. c. S u r f a c e t e x t u r e v a l u e s s h a l l b e n o t e d i n mic r o me t e r s ( P m) . S e e the following table: Surface Texture Conversion Values Roughness Grade Numbers N12 N11 N10 N9 N8 N7 N6 N5 N4 N3 N2 N1

Micrometers 50 25 12.5 6.3 3.2 1.6 0.8 0.4 0.2 0.1 0.05 0.025

Microinches 2000 1000 500 250 125 63 32 16 8 4 2 1

d. Forces, such as tensile and shear loads, shall be shown in newtons (N). e. S t r e s s e s s h a l l b e s h o w n i n me g a p a s c a l s ( M P a = P a x 1 0 6 ) . T h e f o l l o w i n g t a b l e g i v e s e x a mp l e s : U l t i ma t e S t r e n g t h English (PSI) Tensile 85,000 125,000 160,000 180,000 220,000 260,000 f. Shear 50,000 75,000 95,000 110,000 132,000 156,000 SI (MPa) Tensile 600 900 1,100 1,250 1,550 1,800 Shear 340 540 660 750 930 1,080

Pressure values for liquid and gas shall be shown in kilopascals (kPa = Pa x 103 ).

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

88

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

g . M a s s v a l u e s s h a l l b e s h o w n i n k i l o g r a ms ( k g ) . h . P r e f e r r e d d i a me t e r / p i t c h c o mb i n at i o n s f o r t h r e a d e d f a s t e n e r s a r e shown in the following table, in accordance with ISO/TC20/SC4 Resolutions 169 and 220.

Dash Numbers First Oversize (0.5 mm) -055 -065 -075 -085 -105 -125 -145 -165 -185 -205 -225 -245 -275 -305 -335 -365 -395 Second Oversize (1 mm) -090 -110 -130 -150 -170 -190 -210 -230 -250 -280 -310 -340 -370 -400

Thread Size 1.0 x 0.25 1.2 x 0.25 1.6 x 0.35 2.0 x 0.40 2.5 x 0.45 3.0 x 0.50 3.5 x 0.60 4.0 x 0.70 5.0 x 0.80 6.0 x 1.0 7.0 x 1.0 8.0 x 1.0 10.0 x 1.25 12.0 x 1.25 14.0 x 1.50 16.0 x 1.50 18.0 x 1.50 20.0 x 1.50 22.0 x 1.5 24.0 x 2.0 27.0 x 2.0 30.0 x 2.0 33.0 x 2.0 36.0 x 2.0 39.0 x 2.0

Nominal Size -010 -012 -016 -020 -025 -030 -035 -040 -050 -060 -070 -080 -100 -120 -140 -160 -180 -200 -220 -240 -270 -300 -330 -360 -390

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

89

i.

T h e t o l e r a n c e b l o c k o n t h e G S F C d r a w i n g f o r ma t s h a l l b e i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e f o r ma t e x a mp l e i n F i g u r e 2 b o n p a g e 6 . T o l e r a n c e s g i v e n i n t h e f o r ma t ma y b e a d j u s t e d t o r e f l e c t t h e r e q u i r e me n t s o f t h e d e s i g n . P r e f e r r e d M e t r i c L i m i t s & F i t s ( A N S I B 4 . 2 - 1 9 7 8 ) e n c o mp a s s e s t o l e r a n c e r e q u i r e d d e s i g n a t i o n s , p r e f e r r e d l i mi t s , b a s i c s i z e s , a n d s y mb o l s .

j.

k. General Tolerances for Metric Dimensioned Products (ANSI B 4 . 3 - 1 9 7 8 ) i s u s e d f o r me t r i c d i me n s i o n s w i t h o u t t o l e r a n c e designations.

10.2.2. 10.2.2.1.

Unit Conversions Conversion of Dimensions

F o l l o w i n g i s a t a b l e o f s e l e c t e d c o n v e r s io n f a c t o r s . I f f u r t h e r c o n v e r s i o n f a c t o r s are needed, the references outlined in paragraph 10.2 on page 86 are very useful. To Convert From: inch in2 foot ft2 lb lbf/in2 (psi) degrees Fahrenheit degrees Fahrenheit *Exact conversion To: meter m2 meter m2 kg Pa degrees Celsius kelvin Multiply By: 2.540000 E2* 6.451600 E4* 3.048000 E1* 9.290304 E2* 4.5359237 E1* 6.894757 E3 tC = (tF 32)/1.8* tK = (tF + 459.67)/1.8*

10.2.2.2.
a.

Unit Rounding
General Rounding Rules When a figure is to be rounded to fewer digits than the total n u mb e r a v a i l a b l e a n d t h e f i r s t d i g i t d i s c a r d e d i s l e s s t h a n 5 , t h e l a s t d i g i t r e t a i n e d s h o u l d n o t b e c h a n g e d . F o r e x a mp l e , 3 . 4 6 3 2 5 , i f r o u n d e d t o t h r e e d e c i ma l p l a c e s ( i . e . , 4 s i g n i f i c a n t d i g i t s o r s i mp l y 4 d i g i t s ) , w o u l d b e 3 . 4 6 3 ; i f r o u n d e d t o t h r e e significant digits, 3.46. When the first digit discarded is greater than 5, or if it is a 5 followed by at least one digit other than 0, the last digit r e t a i n e d s h o u l d b e i n c r e a s e d b y o n e u n i t . F o r e x a mp l e 8 . 3 7 6 5 2 , if rounded to four digits, would be 8.377; if rounded to three digits, 8.38.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

90

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

When the first digit discarded is exactly 5, followed only by zeros, the last digit retained (i.e., the digit preceding the 5, u n d e r l i n e d i n t h e e x a mp l e s b e l o w ) s h o u l d b e r o u n d e d u p w a r d i f i t i s a n o d d n u mb e r , b u t n o a d j u s t me n t ma d e i f i t i s a n e v e n n u mb e r . F o r e x a mp l e , 4 . 3 65 , w h e n r o u n d e d t o t h r e e s i g n i f i c a n t d i g i t s , b e c o me s 4 . 3 6 . T h e n u mb e r 4 . 3 5 5 w o u l d a l s o r o u n d t o t h e s a me v a l u e , 4 . 3 6 , i f r o u n d e d t o t h r e e s i g n i f i c a n t d i g i t s . This procedure is known as odd-even rounding. E x a mp l e : R o u n d 4 6 . 0 2 5 0 0 t o t w o d e c i ma l p l a c e s . Answer: 46.02

E x a mp l e : R o u n d 4 1 . 2 7 5 0 0 t o t w o d e c i ma l p l a c e s . Answer: 41.28

G e n e r a l l y , t h e a c c u r a c y o f t h e n u mb e r o f s i g n i f i c a n t d i g i t s t o w h i c h a v a l u e i s t o b e r o u n d e d mu s t b e k n o w n b e f o r e a conversion factor is used. If this is not known, then the best r u l e o f t h u mb i s t o r o u n d t h e f i n a l v a l u e t o t h e n u mb e r o f s i g n i f i c a n t d i g i t s c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o t h e l e a s t n u mb e r o f s i g n i f i c a n t d i g i t s o f t h e o r i g i n al , u n c o n v e r t e d n u mb e r s . F o r e x a mp l e , t o c o n v e r t 1 1 . 4 f e e t ( f t ) t o me t e r s ( m) : 1 1 . 4 x 0 . 3 0 4 8 = 3 . 4 7 4 7 2 , w h i c h r o u n d s t o 3 . 4 7 me t e r s . N e i t h e r the conversion factor nor the quantity shall be rounded before p e r f o r mi n g t h e mu l t i p l i c a t i o n , b e c a u s e a c c u r a c y w o u l d b e r e d u c e d . F o r c o n v e r t i n g i n c h e s ( i n ) t o mi l l i me t e r s ( mm) , w h i c h w o u l d g e n e r a l l y b e t h e c a s e i n d r a w i n g s , t h e r u l e o f t h u mb i s t o r o u n d t o o n e l e s s d e c i ma l p l a c e t h a n t h e o r i g i n a l i n c h d i me n s i o n . W h e n c o n v e r t i n g f r o m mi l l i me t e r s t o i n c h e s , t h e r u l e i s t o r o u n d t o t w o mo r e d e c i ma l p l a c e s t h a n t h e o r i g i n a l value. E x a mp l e : C o n v e r t 3 . 5 7 4 8 i n c h e s t o mi l l i me t e r s . 3.5748 x 25.4 = 90.79992 A n s w e r : 9 0 . 8 0 0 mm

E x a mp l e : C o n v e r t 1 . 6 2 5 i n c h e s t o mi l l i me t e r s . 1.625 x 25.4 = 41.275 A n s w e r : 4 1 . 2 8 mm

E x a mp l e : C o n v e r t 1 0 1 . 8 3 mi l l i me t e r s t o i n c h e s . 101.83/25.4 = 4.009055118 Answer: 4.0091 inches b . R o u n d i n g B a s i c D i me n s i o n s T o c o n v e r t b a s i c d i me n s i o n s o f d r a w i n g s f r o m i n c h e s t o mi l l i me t e r s , t h e c o n v e r t e d v a l u e s h a l l b e r o u n d e d t o t h r e e d e c i ma l p l a c e s s i n c e t h i s s h a l l p r o v i d e a ma x i mu m c o n v e r s i o n e r r o r o f 0 . 0 0 0 0 2 i n c h . I n c o n v e r t i n g b a s i c d i me n s i o n s f r o m mi l l i me t e r s t o i n c h e s , t h e v a l u e s h a l l b e r o u n d e d t o f i v e d e c i ma l p l a c e s , g i v i n g a ma x i mu m c o n v er s i o n e r r o r o f 0 . 0 0 0 0 0 5 i n c h .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

91

c.

R o u n d i n g T o l e r a n c e d D i me n s i o n s T h e u s e o f t h e e x a c t r e l a t i o n 1 i n c h = 2 5 . 4 mi l l i me t e r s g e n e r a l l y p r o d u c e s mo r e t h a n t h e r e q u i r e d n u mb e r o f s i g n i f i c a n t d i g i t s . T o r o u n d b o t h t h e d i me n s i o n a n d t h e t o l e r a n c e s , f i r s t c o n v e r t the values to the necessary units. When converting from inches t o mi l l i me t e r s , mu l t i p l y b y 2 5 . 4 f o r a p r o d u c t ; w h e n c o n v e r t i n g f r o m mi l l i me t e r s t o i n c h e s , d i v i d e b y 2 5 . 4 f o r a q u o t i e n t . N e x t , take the total tolerance (i.e., the total value between the ma x imu m a n d min imu m limits ) a n d f r o m th e r e s p e c tiv e ta b le b e l o w f i n d t h e c o r r e c t n u mb e r o f d e c i ma l p l a c e s . T h e n r o u n d b o t h t h e d i me n s i o n a n d t h e t o l e r a n c e s t o t h e n u mb e r o f d e c i ma l p l a c e s i n d i c a t e d . H o w e v e r , c a r e mu s t b e t a k e n s o t h a t t h e rounded tolerances fall inside the original tolerance values as explained in paragraph 10.2.2.2.d., Precision Rounding, on page 92.

Original Total Tolerance in Inches At Least: 0.4 & over 0.04 0.004 0.0004 0.00004 But Less Than: 0.4 0.04 0.004 0.0004 Round Product To: Whole mm 0.X mm 0.XX mm 0.XXX mm 0.XXXX mm

Original Total Tolerance in Millimeters At Least: 2.0 & over 0.2 0.02 0.002 But Less Than: 2.0 0.2 0.02 Round Quotient To: 0.XX in 0.XXX in 0.XXXX in 0.XXXXX in

E x a mp l e : C o n v e r t 1 . 3 8 7 0 . 0 0 3 i n c h e s t o mi l l i me t e r s . 1.387 x 25.4 = 35.2298; 35.2298 0.0762 The total original tolerance is 0.006, which lies between 0.004 a n d 0 . 0 4 , a n d a c c o r d i n g t o t h e f ir s t t a b l e , s h o u l d b e r o u n d e d t o 0 . X X mi l l i me t e r . A n s w e r : 3 5 . 2 3 0 . 0 8 mm 0.003 x 25.4 = 0.0762

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

92

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

d. Precision Rounding (Inside) W h e n c o n v e r t e d , t o l e r a n c e s mu s t n e v e r e x c e e d t h e o r i g i n a l l y s p e c i f i e d l i mi t s ( a s i n t h e c a s e w h e r e t h e c o n v e r t e d p a r t s a r e t o b e i n s p e c t e d b y g a g e s ma d e f o r t h e o r i g i n a l p a r t s ) . T h e r o u n d - o f f mu s t b e s u c h t h a t t h e n e w d i me n s i o n s s h a l l l i e i n s i d e t h e o r i g i n a l t o l e r a n c e l i mi t s . T h i s ma y b e a c c o mp l i s h e d b y c o n v e r t i n g t h e ma x i mu m a n d min i mu m l i mi t s e x a c t l y , a n d t h e n r o u n d i n g t h e u p p e r l i mi t t o t h e n e x t l o w e r v a l u e a n d r o u n d i n g t h e l o w e r l i mi t t o t h e n e x t h i g h e r v a l u e . E x a mp l e : C o n v e r t 0 . 8 7 7 f r o m i n c h e s t o mi l l i me t e r s w i t h o u t 0.874 v i o l a t i o n o f t h e o r i g i n a l l i mi t s : 0.877 x 25.4 = 22.2758; 0.874 x 25.4 = 22.1996

The total original tolerance is 0.003, which lies between 0.0004 and 0.004 and, according to the preceding table, should be r o u n d e d t o 0 . X X X mi l l i me t e r s . Answer: 2 2 . 2 7 5 mm 2 2 . 2 0 0 mm

N o t e t h a t 2 2 . 2 7 5 8 i s n o t r o u n d e d t o 2 2 . 2 7 6 mm b e c a u s e i t w o u l d violate the inside rule.

10.3.

Design References
a. F i n i s h e s o f M e t a l a n d W o o d S u r f a c e s : M I L - S T D - 1 7 1 . R e f e r e n c e d o c u me n t ( f o r a w o r k i n g k n o w l e d g e ) : MI L - H D B K - 1 3 2 A .

b . G e a r s / G e a r C l a s s i f i c a t i o n a n d I n s pe c t i o n H a n d b o o k T o l e r a n c e s a n d M e a s u r i n g M e t h o d s f o r U n a s s e mb l e d S p u r a n d H e l i c a l G e a r s ( i n c l u d i n g me t r i c e q u i v a l e n t s ) : A G MA 2 0 0 0 - A - 8 8 . c. Gear Classification, Materials, and Measuring Methods for Bevel, Hypoid, F i n e P i t c h W o r mg e a r i n g , a n d R a c k s O n l y a s U n a s s e mb l e d G e a r s : A G MA 3 9 0 . 0 3 A - 8 8 .

d . O p t i c s / G e n e r a l S p e c i f i c a t i o n G o v er n i n g t h e M a n u f a c t u r e , A s s e mb l y , a n d I n s p e c t i o n o f O p t i c a l C o mp o n e n t s f o r F ir e C o n t r o l I n s t r u me n t s : M I L - O - 1 3 8 3 0 . e. Soldering/General Specification for Soldering Process (for nonelectrical applications): MIL-S-6872. S p r i n g s / D r a w i n g R e q u i r e me n t s f o r M e c h a n i c a l S p r i n g s : M I L - S T D - 2 9 .

f.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

93

10.4.

Control of Surface Roughness


10.4.1. Surface Texture
Surface texture, surface roughness, waviness, and lay shall be in accordance with ANSI B46.1-1985 (or later revisions). The s y mb o l s b e l o w a r e e x a mp l e s o f micr o i n c h f i n i s h s y mb o l s a n d t h e i r mic r o me t e r e q u i v a l e n t s t h a t a r e mos t c o mmo n l y u s e d . R e f e r t o t h e ANSI B46.1-1985 for further data such as waviness and lay. Metric e q u i v a l e n t s w i t h r o u g h n e s s g r a d e n u mb e r s t o t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e found in paragraph 10.2.1c on page 87.

Microinch R o u g h Ma c h i n i n g . Mating Surfaces. Mo v i n g P a r t s . Precision Parts. Polished Parts. Lapped Parts.

M i c r o me t e r

10.4.2.

Surface Texture Symbols


S y mb o l s d e p i c t i n g a c c e p t a b l e s u r f a c e c o n d i t i o n s s h a l l b e i n accordance with ANSI Y14.36-1978 (R 1987) (or later revisions).

10.4.3.

Surface Texture Standards


Copies of both ANSI B46.1-1985 and ANSI Y14.36-1978 are available from A me r i c a n N a t i o n a l S t a n d a r d s I n s t i t u t e 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018

10.5.

Thread Specifications
S c r e w - t h r e a d c o n v e n t i o n s , me t h o d s o f s p e c i f y i n g , a n d d e s i g n s h a l l b e i n accordance with the following specifications: a. Screw-Thread Standards for Federal Services, Federal Standard FED-STD-H28, detailed standards as follows:

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

94

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 N o me n c l a t u r e , D e f i n i t i o n s , a n d L e t t e r S y mb o l s f o r S c r e w Threads. F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 2 U n i f i e d T h r e a d F o r m an d T h r e a d S e r i e s f o r B o l t s , S c r e w s , Nuts, Tapped Holes, and General Applications. F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 3 U n i f i e d T h r e a d s o f S p e c i a l D i a me t e r , P i t c h e s , a n d L e n g t h s o f E n g a g e me n t . F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 4 C o n t r o l l e d R a d i u s Ro o t S c r e w T h r e a d s , U N J S y mb o l . FED-STD-H28/5 Unified Miniature Screw Threads. FED-STD-H28/6 Gages and Gaging for Unified Screw Threads. F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 7 A me r i c a n S t a n d a r d P i p e T h r e a d s ( e x c e p t D r y s e a l a n d H o s e Coupling Types). F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 8 D r y s e a l A me r i c a n S t a n d a r d P i p e T h r e a d s . FED-STD-H28/9 Gas Cylinder Valve Outlet and Inlet Threads. F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 0 A me r i c a n N a t i o n a l H o s e C o u p l i n g a n d F i r e - H o s e C o u p l i n g Threads. F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 1 H o s e C o n n e c t i o n s f o r W e l d i n g a n d C u t t i n g E q u i p me n t . F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 2 A c me T h r e a d s . F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 3 S t u b A c me T h r e a d s . FED-STD-H28/14 National Buttress Threads. F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 5 A me r i c a n S t a n d a r d R o l l e d T h r e a d s f o r S c r e w S h e l l s o f E l e c t r i c L a mp H o l d e r s a n d f o r S c r e w S h e l l s o f U n a s s e mb l e d L a mp B a s e s . FED-STD-H28/16 Microscope Objective and Nosepiece Threads, 0.800 3 6 A MO . F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 7 S u r v e y i n g I n s t r u me n t Mo u n t i n g T h r e a d s . F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 8 P h o t o g r a p h i c E q u i p me n t T h r e a d s . FED-STD-H28/19 Miscellaneous Threads. FED-STD-H28/20 Inspection Methods for Acceptability of UN, UNR, UNJ, M, and MJ Screw-Threads. FED-STD-H28/21A Metric Screw-Thread Standards. FED-STD-H28/22 Metric Screw-Thread Gages. b . G e n e r a l S p e c i f i c a t i o n f o r S c r e w T h r e a d s , S t a n d a r d , O p t i mu m S e l e c t e d S e r i e s , Military Specification MIL-S-7742.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

95

c.

G e n e r a l R e q u i r e me n t s f o r P i p e T h r e a d s , T a p e r , A e r o n a u t i c a l N a t i o n a l F o r m, S y mb o l - A N P T , M i l i t a r y S p e c i f i c a t i o n M I L - P - 7 1 0 5 .

d. General Specification for Screw Threads, Controlled Radius Root With I n c r e a s e d M i n o r D i a me t e r , M i l i t a r y S p e c i f i c a t i o n M I L - S - 8 8 7 9 . e. f. Metric Screw Threads M Profile ANSI/ASME B1.13M-1983. Metric Screw Threads MJ Profile ANSI B1.21M-1978.

g . S c r e w T h r e a d R e p r e s e n t a t i o n s ( Co n v e n t i o n s a n d M e t h o d s o f S p e c i f y i n g ) , A me r i c a n N a t i o n a l S t a n d a r d A N SI Y 1 4 . 6 - 1 9 7 8 , a n d A N S I Y 1 4 . 6 a M- 1 9 8 1 ( M e t r i c S u p p l e me n t ) .

10.6.

WeldingFusion and Resistance


10.6.1. General
The standard definition for the term weld is a localized c o a l e s c e n c e o f me t a l s w h e r e c o a l e s c e n c e i s p r o d u c e d b y h e a t i n g t o s u i t a b l e t e mp e r a t u r e s , w i t h o r w i t h o u t t h e a p p l i c a t i o n o f p r e s s u r e , a n d w i t h o r w i t h o u t t h e u s e o f f i l l e r me t a l . T h e f i l l e r me t a l e i t h e r h a s a me l t i n g p o i n t a p p r o x i ma t e l y t h e s a me a s t h e b a s e me t a l o r h a s a me l t i n g p o i n t b e l o w t h a t o f t h e b a s e me t a l b u t a b o v e 8 0 0 d e g r e e s F. For standard welding specification callouts, refer to Joining Me t h o d N o t e s , p a r a g r a p h 2 . 4 . 4 . 3 o n p a g e 1 8 .

10.6.2.

Basic Weld Symbols and Their Location Significance


B a s i c w e l d s y mb o l s a n d t h e i r l o c a t i o n s i g n i f i c a n c e s h a l l b e i n accordance with ANSI AWS A 2.4-86 (or later revisions). Copies are available from A me r i c a n W e l d i n g S o c i e t y 2501 NW 7th Street M i a mi , F L 3 3 1 2 5

10.7.

Outgassing of Spacecraft Materials


N A S A R e f e r e n c e P u b l i c a t i o n , R P - 1 1 2 4 , N o v e mb e r 1 9 9 0 , O u t g a s s i n g D a t a f o r S e l e c t i n g S p a c e c r a f t M a t e r i a l s , c o v e r s a w i d e r a n g e o f ma t e r i a l s , i n c l u d i n g a d h e s i v e s , c o mp o u n d s , c o a t i n g s , i n s u l a t io n , a n d v a r i o u s o t h e r ma t e r i a l s . A s p r e s e n t e d , t h e d a t a r e p r e s e n t t h e t o t a l ma s s l o s s ( T M L ) a n d t h e C o l l e c t e d Volatile Condensable Materials (CVCM), as derived from tests at 398 K (125 C) for 24 hours in vacuum per ASTM E595-84. T h e p u b l i c a t i o n c a n b e p u r c h a s e d a s d o c u me n t n u mb e r N - 8 8 - 1 0 1 1 7 f r o m

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

96

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

N a t i o n a l T e c h n i c a l I n f o r ma t i o n S e r v i c e ( N T I S ) 5 2 8 5 P o r t R o ya l R o a d Springfield, VA 22151

10.8.

Standards and Specifications Index


10.8.1. National Bureau of Standards
NBS IR81-229, A Technical Briefing on the Initial Graphics Exchange Specification (IGES).

10.8.2.

Federal
C o mme r c e C o mmis s i o n R e g u l a t i o n 4 9 - C F R 7 1 - 7 8 C o mme r c e C o mmis s i o n S a f e t y R e g u l a t i o n s C o mme r c i a l a n d G o v e r n me n t E n t i t y ( C A G E ) P u b l i c a t i o n H 4 / H 8 S e c t i o n A : N a me t o C A G E C o d e; S e c t i o n B : C A G E C o d e t o N a me ( f o r me r l y F S C M H 4 a n d F S C N M H 8 ) . F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 , N o me n c l a t u r e , D e f i n i t i o n s , a n d L e t t e r S y mb o l s for Screw Threads. FED-STD-H28/2, Unified Thread Form and Thread Series for Bolts. F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 3 , U n i f i e d T h r e a d s o f S p e c i a l D i a me t e r , P i t c h e s , a n d L e n g t h s o f E n g a g e me n t . F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 4 , C o n t r o l l e d R a d iu s R o o t S c r e w T h r e a d s , U N J S y mb o l . FED-STD-H28/5, Unified Miniature Screw Threads. FED-STD-H28/6, Gages and Gaging for Unified Screw Threads. F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 7 , A me r i c a n S t a n d a r d P i p e T h r e a d s ( e x c e p t D r y s e a l and Hose Coupling Types. F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 8 , D r y s e a l A me r i c a n S t a n d a r d P i p e T h r e a d s . FED-STD-H28/9, Gas Cylinder Valve Outlet and Inlet Threads. F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 0 , A me r i c a n N a t i o n a l H o s e C o u p l i n g a n d F i r e Hose. FED-STD-H28/11, Hose Connections for Welding and Cutting E q u i p me n t . F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 2 , A c me T h r e a d s . F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 3 , S t u b A c me T h r e a d s . FED-STD-H28/14, National Buttress Threads.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

97

F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 5 , A me r i c a n S t a n d a r d R o l l e d T h r e a d s f o r S c r e w S h e l l s f o r E l e c t r i c L a mp H o l d e r s & U n a s s e mb l e d L a mp B a s e s . FED-STD-H28/16, Microscope Objective and Nosepiece Threads. F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 7 , S u r v e y i n g I n s t r u me n t M o u n t i n g T h r e a d s . F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 8 , P h o t o g r a p h i c E q u i p me n t T h r e a d s . FED-STD-H28/19, Miscellaneous Threads. FED-STD-H28/20, Inspection Methods for Acceptability of UN, UNR, UNJ, M, and MJ Screw-Threads. F E D -S T D -H 2 8 / 2 1 , M e t r i c S c r e w - T h r e a d S t a n d a r d s . FED-STD-H28/22, Metric Screw-Thread Gages. F E D -S T D -5 9 5 , C o l o r s . QQ-B-654, Brazing Alloys, Silver. Q Q - C - 3 2 0 , C h r o mi u m P l a t i n g ( E l e c t r o d e p o s i t e d ) . Q Q - P - 3 5 , P a s s i v a t i o n T r e a t me n t s f o r C o r r o s i o n - R e s i s t a n t S t e e l . Q Q - P - 4 1 6 , P l a t i n g , C a d mi u m ( E l e c t r o d e p o s i t e d ) . Q Q - S - 3 6 5 , S i l v e r P l a t i n g ( E l e c t r o d e p o s i t e d ) , G e n e r a l R e q u i r e me n t s for. QQ-S-571, Solder, Tin Alloy, Tin-Lead Alloy, and Lead Alloy. S a f e t y R e g u l a t i o n s 4 9 - C F R 7 1 - 7 8 , C o mme r c e C o mmis s i o n S a f e t y Regulations.

10.8.3.

Industrial
AGMA 390.03A-88, Gear Classification and Inspection Handbook Tolerances and Measuring Methods for Bevel, Hypoid, Fine P i t c h W o r mg e a r i n g , a n d R a c k s . AGMA 2000-A-88, Gear Classification and Inspection Handbook T o l e r a n c e s a n d M e a s u r i n g M e t h o d s f o r U n a s s e mb l e d S p u r a n d Helical Gears (Including Metric Equivalents). A M S 2 4 8 8 , A n o d i c T r e a t me n t o f T i t an i u m a n d T i t a n i u m A l l o y s . A N S I A W S A 2 . 4 - 1 9 8 6 , S y mb o l s f o r W e l d i n g a n d N o n d e s t r u c t i v e Testing. ANSI/ASME B1.13M-1983, Metric Screw Threads M Profile. ANSI B1.21M-1978, Metric Screw Threads MJ Profile.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

98

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

A N S I B 4 . 2 - 1 9 7 8 , P r e f e r r e d M e t r i c L i mi t s a n d F i t s . A N S I B 4 . 3 - 1 9 7 8 G e n e r a l T o l e r a n c e s f o r M e t r i c D i me n s i o n e d Products. ANSI B46.1-1985, Surface Texture (Surface Roughness, Waviness, and Lay). A N S I Y 1 4 . 1 5 - 1 9 6 6 ( R - 7 3 ) , E l e c t r i c a l an d E l e c t r o n i c s D i a g r a ms . A N S I Y 1 4 . 1 5 a - 1 9 7 1 , I n t e r c o n n e c t i o n D i a g r a ms . A N S I Y 1 4 . 1 5 b - 1 9 7 3 , E l e c t r i c a l a n d E l e c t r o n i c s D i a g r a ms . ANSI Y14.2M-1979, Line Conventions and Lettering. A N S I Y 1 4 . 2 6 M- 1 9 8 7 , D i g i t a l R e p r e s e n t a t i o n f o r C o mmu n i c a t i o n o f Product Definition Data. A N S I Y 1 4 . 3 6 - 1 9 7 8 ( R 1 9 8 7 ) , S u r f a c e T e x t u r e S y mb o l s . A N S I Y 1 4 . 5 M- 1 9 8 2 , D i me n s i o n i n g a n d T o l e r a n c i n g . ANSI Y14.6-1978, Screw Thread Representation. ANSI Y14.6AM-1981, Screw Thread Representation (Metric S u p p l e me n t ) . ANSI Y32.2-1975, IEEE STD 315-1975, CSA Z99-1975, Graphic S y mb o l s f o r E l e c t r i c a l an d E l e c t r o n i c s D i a g r a ms . A N S I Y 3 2 . 9 - 1 9 7 2 , G r a p h i c S y mb o l s f o r E l e c t r i c a l W ir i n g a n d L a y o u t D i a g r a ms U s e d i n A r c h i t e c t u r e a n d B u i l d i n g Construction. ASTM D4126, Vapor Degreasing. ASTM E380-91a, Standard Practice for Use of the International S y s t e m o f U n i t s ( T h e M o d e r n i z e d M e t r i c S y s t e m) . ASTM E595-84, Standard Test Method for Total Mass Loss and C o l l e c t e d V o l a t i l e C o n d e n s i b l e M at e r i a l s F r o m O u t g a s s i n g i n a V a c u u m E n v i r o n me n t . N - 8 8 - 1 0 1 1 7 , N a t i o n a l T e c h n i c a l I n f o r ma t i o n S e r v i c e O u t g a s s i n g Data for Selecting Spacecraft Materials. N A S 1 0 0 0 0 , N A D o c u me n t s P r e p a r a t i o n a n d M a i n t e n a n c e i n S I (Metric) Units.

10.8.4.

Military
DOD-STD-1866, Soldering Specification.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

99

MI L - A - 8 6 2 5 , A n o d i c C o a t i n g s , f o r A l u mi n u m a n d A l u mi n u m Alloys. M I L - B - 7 8 8 3 , B r a z i n g o f S t e e l s , Co p p e r , C o p p e r A l l o y s , N i c k e l A l l o ys , A l u mi n u m, a n d A l u mi n u m A l l o ys . M I L - C - 5 5 4 1 , C h e mi c a l C o n v e r s i o n C o a t i n g s o n A l u mi n u m a n d A l u mi n u m A l l o ys . MIL-C-12968, Coatings, Phosphate, Protective. MIL-C-13924, Coating, Oxide, Black, for Ferrous Metals. M I L -D -5 4 8 0 , D a t a , E n g i n e e r i n g a n d T e c h n i c a l , R e p r o d u c t i o n R e q u i r e me n t s f o r . M I L - H - 6 0 8 8 , H e a t T r e a t me n t o f A l u mi n u m A l l o y s . M I L - H - 6 8 7 5 , H e a t T r e a t me n t o f S t e e l , P r o c e s s e s f o r . M I L - H - 7 1 9 9 , H e a t T r e a t me n t o f W r o u g h t C o p p e r - B e r y l l i u m A l l o y s , Process for. MIL-HDBK-132A, Protective Finishes for Metal and Wood Surfaces. MIL-I-45932/1, Insert, Screw Thread - Thin Wall, Locked in. M I L - L - 4 6 0 1 0 , L u b r i c a n t , S o l i d F i l m, H e a t C u r e d , C o r r o s i o n . MI L -M-9 8 6 8 , Mic r o f i l mi n g o f E n g i n e e r i n g D o c u me n t s , 3 5 MM, R e q u i r e me n t s f o r . M I L - N - 4 5 9 3 8 / 1 , N u t , P l a i n , Cl i n c h ( S e l f - C l i n c h i n g , R o u n d ) . M I L - O - 1 3 8 3 0 , O p t i c a l C o mp o n e n t s f o r F i r e C o n t r o l I n s t r u me n t s ; G e n e r a l S p e c i f i c a t i o n G o v e r n in g t h e M a n u f a c t u r i n g , A s s e mb l y , and Inspection of. MIL-P-116, Preservation, Methods of. M I L -P -7 1 0 5 , P i p e T h r e a d s , T a p e r , A e r o n a u t i c a l N a t i o n a l F o r m, S y mb o l A N P T , G e n e r a l R e q u i r e me n t f o r . M I L - R - 2 8 0 0 2 , R a s t e r G r a p h i c s R e p r es e n t a t i o n i n B i n a r y F o r ma t , R e q u i r e me n t s f o r . M I L -S -6 8 7 2 , G e n e r a l S p e c i f i c a t i o n f o r S o l d e r i n g P r o c e s s ( n o n electrical). M I L -S -7 7 4 2 , S c r e w T h r e a d s , S T D , O p t i mu m S e l e c t e d S e r i e s , General Specification for.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

100

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

M I L -S -8 8 7 9 , S c r e w T h r e a d s , C o n t r o l l e d R a d i u s R o o t W i t h I n c r e a s e d M i n o r D i a me t e r ; G e n e r a l S p e c i f i c a t i o n f o r . M I L -S T D -1 2 , A b b r e v i a t i o n s . M I L -S T D -2 9 , D r a w i n g R e q u i r e me n t s f o r M e c h a n i c a l S p r i n g s . MIL-STD-100, Engineering Drawing Practices. M I L -S T D -1 7 1 , F i n i s h e s o f M e t a l a n d W o o d S u r f a c e s . MIL-STD-403, Preparation for and Installation of Rivets and Screws, Rocket and Missile Structures. M I L -S T D -0 0 4 5 3 , R a d i o g r a p h i c I n s p e c t i o n . MI L - S T D - 6 4 5 , D i p B r a z i n g o f A l u mi n u m A l l o y s . M I L -S T D -2 1 5 4 , U l t r a s o n i c I n s p e c t i o n . M I L -S T D -2 2 1 9 , F u s i o n W e l d i n g f o r A e r o s p a c e A p p l i c a t i o n s . M I L - T - 7 1 3 , T w i n e , F i b r o u s ; I mp r e g n a t e d , L a c i n g a n d T y i n g . MIL-W-46132, Electronic Beam Welding. MS33537, Insert, Screw Thread, Helical Coil, Coarse and Fine T h r e a d , S t a n d a r d D i me n s i o n s f o r . MS51835, Inserts and Studs, Locked In-Key Locked, Hole D i me n s i o n s f o r a n d A s s e mb l y o f .

10.8.5.

NASA
GSFC 731-0005-83, General Fracture Control Plan for Payloads Using the Space Transportation System (STS). G S F C - G H B - 2 2 0 0 . 2 , S c i e n t i f i c a n d T e c h n i c a l I n f o r ma t i o n Handbook. GSFC S-250-3, Guide for the Preparation of Specifications. G S F C S - 3 1 3 - 0 0 9 , F l u o r e s c e n t P e n e t r a n t T e s t M e t h o d R e q u i r e me n t s and Guidelines. G S F C S - 3 1 3 - 1 0 0 , G S F C F a s t e n e r I n t e g r i t y R e q u i r e me n t s . G S F C - S T D - 2 5 6 - W E - 1 , F o r Y o u r I n f o r ma t i o n , A C o mp e n d i u m o f General Reference Data for Technical Writing and Editing. GSFC X-673-64-1F, GSFC Engineering Standards Design Manual. N A S A R e f e r e n c e P u b l i c a t i o n R P - 1 1 2 4 , N o v e mb e r 1 9 9 0 , O u t g a s s i n g Data for Selecting Spacecraft Materials.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

101

N H B 5 3 0 0 . 4 ( 3 A - l ) 1 9 7 6 , R e q u i r e me n t s f o r S o l d e r e d E l e c t r i c a l Connections. N M I 8 0 1 0 2 A , U s e o f t h e M e t r i c S y s t e m o f M e a s u r e me n t i n N A S A P r o g r a ms . N S T S 0 7 7 0 0 , S y s t e m D e s c r i p t i o n an d D e s i g n D a t a , I n t e r v e h i c u l a r Activities.

10.9.

Standards and Specifications Numerical Index


Specification A G M A 2 0 0 0 - A - 8 8 , G e a r C l a s s i f ic a t i o n a n d I n s p e c t i o n Handbook Tolerances and Measuring Methods for U n a s s e mb l e d S p u r a n d H e l i c a l G e a r s ( I n c l u d i n g M e t r i c Equivalents). A G M A 3 9 0 . 0 3 A - 8 8 , G e a r C l a s s i f ic a t i o n M a t e r i a l s a n d Measuring Methods for Bevel, Hypoid, Fine Pitch W o r mg e a r i n g , a n d R a c k s . A M S 2 4 8 8 , A n o d i c T r e a t me n t o f T i t a n i u m a n d T i t a n i u m Alloys. A N S I A W S A 2 . 4 - 8 6 , S y mb o l s f o r W e l d i n g a n d Nondestructive Testing. ANSI B1.21M-1978, Metric Screw Threads MJ Profile Specification A N S I B 4 . 2 - 1 9 7 8 , P r e f e r r e d M e t r i c L i mi t s a n d F i t s . ANSI B46.1-1985, Surface Texture (Surface Roughness, Waviness, and Lay). ANSI Y14.15-1966 (R-73), Electrical and Electronics D i a g r a ms . A N S I Y 1 4 . 1 5 a - 1 9 7 1 , I n t e r c o n n e c t i o n D i a g r a ms . A N S I Y 1 4 . 1 5 b - 1 9 7 3 , E l e c t r i c a l a n d E l e c t r o n i c s D i a g r a ms . A N S I Y 1 4 . 2 M- 1 9 7 9 , L i n e C o n v e n t i o n s a n d L e t t e r i n g . A N S I Y 1 4 . 2 6 M- 1 9 8 7 , D i g i t a l R e p r e s e n t a t i o n f o r C o mmu n i c a t i o n o f P r o d u c t . A N S I Y 1 4 . 3 6 - 1 9 7 8 ( R 1 9 8 7 ) , S u r f a c e T e x t u r e S y mb o l s . Page

92

92

19

95 95 Page 89

93

43 43 43 35

84 93

A N S I Y 1 4 . 5 M- 1 9 8 2 , D i me n s i o n i n g a n d T o l e r a n c i n g . 1, 7, 16, 28, 85, 87, 107, 108

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

102

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

ANSI Y14.6-1978, Screw Thread Representation. ANSI Y14.6aM-1981, Screw Thread Representation (Metric S u p p l e me n t ) . ANSI Y32.2-1975, IEEE STD 315-1975, CSA Z99-1975, G r a p h i c S y mb o l s f o r E l e c t r i c a l a n d E l e c t r o n i c D i a g r a ms . A N S I Y 3 2 . 9 - 1 9 7 2 , G r a p h i c S y mb o ls f o r E l e c t r i c a l W ir i n g a n d L a y o u t D i a g r a ms U s e d i n A r c h i t e c t u r e a n d B u i l d i n g Construction. ANSI/ASME B1.13M-1983, Metric Screw Threads M Profile ASTM D4126, Vapor Degreasing. ASTM E380-91a, Standard Practice for Use of the International System of Units (The Modernized Metric S y s t e m) . ASTM E595-84, Standard Test Method for Total Mass Loss and Collected Volatile Condensible Materials From O u t g a s s i n g i n a V a c u u m E n v i r o n me n t . C o mme r c e C o mmis s i o n R e g u l a t i o n 4 9 - C F R 7 1 - 7 8 , C o mme r c e C o mmis s i o n S a f e t y R e g u l a t i o n s . C o mme r c i a l a n d G o v e r n me n t E n t i t y ( C A G E ) P u b l i c a t i o n H4/H8. Specification DOD-STD-1866, Soldering Specification. FED-STD-595, Colors F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 , N o me n c l a t u r e , D e f i n i t i o n s , a n d L e t t e r S y mb o l s f o r S c r e w T h r e a d s . FED-STD-H28/2, Unified Thread Form and Thread Series for Bolts, Screws, Nuts, Tapped Holes, and General Applications. F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 3 , U n i f i e d T h r e a d s o f S p e c i a l D i a me t e r , P i t c h e s , a n d L e n g t h s o f E n g a g e me n t s . F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 4 , C o n t r o l l e d R a d iu s R o o t S c r e w T h r e a d s , U N J S y mb o l . FED-STD-H28/5, Unified Miniature Screw Threads. FED-STD-H28/6, Gages and Gaging for Unified Screw Threads.

95

95

43

43 95 20

86

95

22

7, 72, 75 Page 18 19

93

93

93

93 93

93

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

103

F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 7 , A me r i c a n S t a n d a r d P i p e T h r e a d s ( e x c e p t Dryseal and Hose Coupling Types). F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 8 , D r y s e a l A me r i c a n S t a n d a r d P i p e T h r e a d s . FED-STD-H28/9, Gas Cylinder Valve Outlet and Inlet Threads. F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 0 , A me r i c a n N a t i o n a l H o s e C o u p l i n g a n d Fire-Hose Coupling Threads. FED-STD-H28/11, Hose Connections for Welding and C u t t i n g E q u i p me n t . F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 2 , A c me T h r e a d s . F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 3 , S t u b A c me T h r e a d s . FED-STD-H28/14, National Buttress Threads. F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 5 , A me r i c a n S t a n d a r d R o l l e d T h r e a d s f o r S c r e w S h e l l s o f E l e c t r i c L amp H o l d e r s a n d f o r S c r e w S h e l l s o f U n a s s e mb l e d L a mp B a s e s . FED-STD-H28/16, Microscope Objective and Nosepiece T h r e a d s , 0 . 8 0 0 - 3 6 A MO . F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 7 , S u r v e y i n g I n s t r u me n t Mo u n t i n g T h r e a d s . F E D - S T D - H 2 8 / 1 8 , P h o t o g r a p h i c E q u i p me n t T h r e a d s . Specification FED-STD-H28/19, Miscellaneous Threads. FED-STD-H28/20, Inspection Methods for Acceptability of UN, UNR, UNJ, M, and MJ Screw-Threads. FED-STD-H28/21A, Metric Screw-Thread Standards. FED-STD-H28/22, Metric Screw-Thread Gages. GSFC 731-0005-83, General Fracture Control Plan for Payloads Using the Space Transportation System (STS). GSFC S-250-3, Guide for the Preparation of Specifications. GSFC S-313-009, Fluorescent Penetrant Test Method R e q u i r e me n t s a n d G u i d e l i n e s . G S F C S - 3 1 3 - 1 0 0 , G S F C F a s t e n e r I n te g r i t y R e q u i r e me n t s . G S F C S T D - 2 5 6 - W E - 1 , F o r Y o u r I n f o r ma t i o n A C o mp e n d i u m O f G e n e r a l R e f e r e n c e D a t a .

93 93

93

93

93 93 93 93

93

93 93 93 Page 93

94 94 94

20 60

20 14

12

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

104

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

GSFC X-673-64-1F, GSFC Engineering Drawing Standards Manual. iii, 16, 21 MI L - A - 8 6 2 5 , A n o d i c C o a t i n g s , f o r A l u mi n u m a n d A l u mi n u m Alloys. MIL-B-7883, Brazing of Steels, Copper, Copper Alloys, N i c k e l A l l o ys , A l u mi n u m, a n d A l u mi n u m A l l o ys . M I L - C - 5 5 4 1 , C h e mi c a l C o n v e r s io n C o a t i n g s o n A l u mi n u m a n d A l u mi n u m A l l o ys . MIL-C-12968, Coatings, Phosphate, Protective. MIL-C-13924, Coating, Oxide, Black, for Ferrous Metals. MIL-D-5480, Data, Engineering and Technical, R e p r o d u c t i o n R e q u i r e me n t s f o r . M I L - H - 6 0 8 8 , H e a t T r e a t me n t o f A l u mi n u m A l l o y s . M I L - H - 6 8 7 5 , H e a t T r e a t me n t o f S t e e l , P r o c e s s e s f o r . M I L - H - 7 1 9 9 , H e a t T r e a t me n t o f W r o u g h t C o p p e r - B e r y l l i u m Alloys, Process for. MIL-HDBK-132A, Protective Finishes for Metal and Wood Surfaces.

19

18

19 19 109

83 17, 18 17

17

92

Specification MIL-I-45932/1, Insert, Screw Thread - Thin Wall, Locked In.

Page

21

M I L - L - 4 6 0 1 0 , L u b r i c a n t , S o l i d F i l m, H e a t C u r e d , C o r r o s i o n . 2 0 , 1 0 9 MI L - M- 9 8 6 8 , Mic r o f i l mi n g o f E n g i n e e r i n g D o c u me n t s , 3 5 mm, R e q u i r e me n t s f o r . MIL-N-45938/1, Nut, Plain, Clinch (Self-Clinching, Round). M I L - O - 1 3 8 3 0 , O p t i c a l C o mp o n en t s f o r F i r e C o n t r o l I n s t r u me n t s ; G e n e r a l S p e c i f i c a t i o n G o v e r n i n g t h e M a n u f a c t u r i n g , A s s e mb l y , a n d I n s p e c t i o n o f . MIL-P-116, Preservation, Methods of. MIL-P-7105, Pipe Threads, Taper, Aeronautical National F o r m, S y mb o l A N P T , G e n e r a l R e q u i r e me n t s f o r . MIL-R-28002, Raster Graphics Representation in Binary F o r ma t , R e q u i r e me n t s f o r .

83 21

92 21, 22

95

83

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

105

MIL-S-6872, General Specification for Soldering Process (non-electrical). M I L - S - 7 7 4 2 , S c r e w T h r e a d s , S T D , O p t i mu m S e l e c t e d Series, General Specification for. MIL-S-8879, Screw Threads, Controlled Radius Root with Increased Minor. MI L - S T D - 0 0 4 5 3 , R a d i o g r a p h i c I n s p e c t i o n . MI L - S T D - 1 2 , A b b r e v i a t i o n s . MIL-STD-100E, Engineering Drawing Practices. MIL-STD-171, Finishes of Metal and Wood Surfaces. MIL-STD-2154, Ultrasonic Inspection. MIL-STD-2219, Fusion Welding for Aerospace Applications. M I L - S T D - 2 9 , D r a w i n g R e q u i r e me n t s f o r M e c h a n i c a l Springs. MIL-STD-403, Preparation for and Installation of Rivets and Screws, Rocket and Missile Structures. MI L - S T D - 6 4 5 , D i p B r a z i n g o f A l u mi n u m A l l o ys Specification M I L - T - 7 1 3 , T w i n e , F i b r o u s ; I mp r e g n a t e d , L a c i n g a n d T y i n g . MIL-W-46132, Electronic Beam Welding. MS33537, Insert, Screw Thread, Helical Coil, Coarse and F i n e T h r e a d , S t a n d a r d D i me n s i o n s f o r . MS51835, Inserts and Studs, Locked In-Key Locked, Hole D i me n s i o n s f o r a n d A s s e mb l y o f . N - 8 8 - 1 0 1 1 7 , N a t i o n a l T e c h n i c a l I n f o r ma t i o n S e r v i c e O u t g a s s i n g D a t a C o mp i l a t i o n o f S p a c e c r a f t M a t e r i a l s . N A S 1 0 0 0 0 , N A D o c u me n t s P r e p a r a t i o n a n d M a i n t e n a n c e i n SI (Metric) Units. N A S A R e f e r e n c e P u b l i c a t i o n , R P - 1 1 2 4 , N o v e mb e r 1 9 9 0 , O u t g a s s i n g D a t a f o r S e l e c t in g S p a c e c r a f t M a t e r i a l s . NBS IR81-229, A Technical Briefing on the Initial Graphics Exchange.

92

94

95 20 12 1 18, 92 20

18

92

18 18 Page 22 18

21

21

95

86

95, 108

84

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

106

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

N H B 5 3 0 0 . 4 ( 3 A - 1 ) 1 9 7 6 , R e q u i r e me n t s f o r S o l d e r e d Electrical Connections. N M I 8 0 1 0 . 2 A , U s e o f t h e M e t r i c S y s t e m o f M e a s u r e me n t i n N A S A P r o g r a ms . NSTS 07700, System Description and Design Data, Intervehicular Activities. QQ-B-654, Brazing Alloys, Silver. Q Q - C - 3 2 0 , C h r o mi u m P l a t i n g ( E l e c t r o d e p o s i t e d ) . Q Q - P - 3 5 , P a s s i v a t i o n T r e a t me n t s f o r C o r r o s i o n - R e s i s t a n t Steel. Q Q - P - 4 1 6 , P l a t i n g , C a d mi u m ( E l e c t r o d e p o s i t e d ) . QQ-S-365, Silver Plating (Electrodeposited), General R e q u i r e me n t s f o r . QQ-S-571, Solder, Tin Alloy, Tin-Lead Alloy, and Lead Alloy. S a f e t y R e g u l a t i o n s 4 9 - C F R 7 1 - 7 8 , C o mme r c e C o mmis s i o n Safety Regulations.

18

86

108 18 18

19 18

19

18

22

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

107

APPENDIX A. DESIGN REVIEW DOs AND DON'Ts


All drawings should adhere to the following guidelines: a. D i m e n s i o n p a r t s c o r r e c t l y . D i me n s i o n i n g s h a l l b e t o p r i ma r y o r ma t i n g s u r f a c e s . U n w a n t e d b u i l d u p o f t o l e r a nc e s b e t w e e n ma t i n g s u r f a c e s s h o u l d b e a v o i d e d . D i me n s i o n s t o i n s i g n i f i c a n t t h e o r e t i c a l c e n t e r l i n e s c a n r e s u l t i n mis t a k e s b y t h e ma c h i n i s t , a s w e l l a s t h e i n s p e c t o r s , b e c a u s e o f t h e mu l t i p l e additions and subtractions required to locate the feature in relation to other f e a t u r e s . W h e n e v e r p o s s i b l e , d i me n s i o n s s h o u l d b e l e f t t o r i g h t a n d b o t t o m t o t o p ( Q u a d r a n t I , a l l p o s i t i v e n u mb e r s ) o r f r o m d a t u ms e s t a b l i s h e d b y d e s i g n r e q u i r e me n t s .

b . D o n o t d e t a i l w e l d m e n t p a r t s s e p a r a t e l y . S i n c e e a c h p a r t ma y b e f a b r i c a t e d b y a d i f f e r e n t ma n u f a c t u r e r , t h e r e q u i r e d t o l e r a n c i n g t y p i c a l l y c a n n o t b e me t , r e s u l t i n g i n d e l a y s a n d a d d i t i o n a l c o s t . D i f f e r e n t p a r t s o f a w e l d me n t s h o u l d b e d r a w n o n a n I n s e p a r a b l e A s s e mb l y D r a w i n g ( F i g u r e 2 0 o n p a g e 4 4 ) s o t h a t t h e o v e r a l l a s s e mb l y t o l e r a n c i n g i s t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f a s i n g l e ma n u f a c t u r e r . c. I m p l i e d d a t u m s a r e n o l o n g e r a l l o w e d . W h e n e v e r p o s s i b l e , s e l e c t d a t u ms that are functional to the part. A datum should always be assigned to a p h y s i c a l s u r f a c e o r a f e a t u r e o f s i z e . W h e n u s i n g t r u e p o s i t i o n d i me n s i o n i n g ( b a s i c d i me n s i o n s ) , t h e d i me n s i o n s f r o m t h e f e a t u r e t o o t h e r e d g e s a n d i t s p e r p e n d i c u l a r i t y r e l a t i o n s h i p t o a s ur f a c e mu s t b e i d e n t i f i e d w i t h d a t u m l e t t e r s . T h e c o mb i n e d u s a g e o f p o s i t i o n a l t o l e r a n c i n g w i t h p l u s a n d min u s me t h o d s a s r e l a t e d t o b a s i c d i me n s i o n ed p a t t e r n s i s d i s c o n t i n u e d a n d r e p l a c e d w i t h t h e c o mp o s i t e t o l e r a n c i n g me t h o d . R e f e r t o A N S I Y 1 4 . 5 M - 1 9 8 2 , D i me n s i o n i n g a n d T o l e r a n c i n g . Note: A l t h o u g h t h e r e i s n o r e q u i r e me n t t h a t a l l h o l e s b e t r u e p o s i t i o n e d , i t i s preferred that hole patterns be true positioned, regardless of use, since tolerancing specified in the true position block is the controlling factor. d. Drawings for parts produced using templates must be properly d i m e n s i o n e d a n d t o l e r a n c e d . L a c k o f d i me n s i o n i n g ma y r e s u l t i n i n a d e q u a t e stress analysis, fit checking, and/or inspection. Engineering and tooling d r a w i n g s s h o u l d b e d i me n s i o n e d a l i k e a n d r e l a t e d t o o n e a n o t h e r . R e f e r t o t o o l i n g r e q u i r e d n o t e s i n D i me ns i o n N o t e s , p a r a g r a p h 2 . 4 . 4 . 1 o n p a g e 1 6 . e. U s e t h e l i s t o f m a t e r i a l f o r m a t c o r r e c t l y . T h e a s s e mb l y n u mb e r d o e s n o t g e t a n i t e m n u mb e r . W h i l e t h e ma t e r i a l i s p r o p e r l y a n i t e m o n t h e L i s t o f Material, on end product drawings, there is no need to specify either the d r a w i n g n u mb e r o r a n i t e m n u mb e r i n t h e L is t o f M a t e r i a l i f t h e r e i s o n l y o n e p a r t o r ma t e r i a l . A n i t e m w i t h t h e s a me ma t e r i a l a n d s p e c i f i c a t i o n r e q u i r e s o n l y o n e i t e m n u mb e r a n d A / R ( a s r e q u ir e d ) a s a q u a n t i t y . T h e v a r i o u s ma t e r i a l s i z e s r e q u i r e d a r e i n d i c a t e d o n t h e f i e l d o f t h e d r a w i n g , a s i s t h e c a s e o f i n s e p a r a b l e a s s e mb l i e s ( w e l d me n t s , r i v e t e d p a r t s , e t c . ) . D a s h n u mb e r s a r e r e q u i r e d o n l y w h e n t h e r e i s a s h o w n ( o d d n u mb e r ) a n d o p p o s i t e ( e v e n n u mb e r ) , w h e n t h e r e i s mo r e t h a n o n e a s s e mb l y v e r s i o n , o r w h e n t h e d r a w i n g is of a tabulated type (refer to types of drawings). Multidetail drawings are not allowed (refer to Detail Drawing, paragraph 4.3 on page 41 for explanation).

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

108

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

f.

D o n o t u s e S K ( s h o r t f o r s k e t c h ) o n a n y d r a wi n g t h a t i s u s e d t o m a n u f a c t u r e a p a r t . U s e o n l y G S F C d r a w i n g n u mb e r s w h e n u s i n g t h e G S F C d r a w i n g f o r ma t ; c o n t r a c t o r d r a w i n g n u mb e r s a r e u s e d o n t h e c o n t r a c t o r 's d r a w i n g f o r ma t . T h e M e c h a n i c a l E n g i ne e r i n g B r a n c h d o e s n o t c h e c k o r g i v e a p p r o v a l f o r d r a w i n g s p r o d u c e d o n c o n t r a c t o r f o r ma t . C o n t r a c t s s h o u l d s p e c i f y t h a t t h e c o n t r a c t o r s h a l l s u p p l y c o p i e s o f c o mp a n y s p e c i f i c a t i o n s w h e n u s i n g c o n t r a c t o r f o r ma t s .

g. Specify low-outgassing materials. Use low-outgassing film lubricants for s p a c e f l i g h t h a r d w a r e w h e r e d i s a s s e mb l y i s l i k e l y a n d / o r g a l l i n g o f l i k e ma t e r i a l s i s p o s s i b l e . R e f e r t o N A S A R P - 1 1 2 4 , N o v e mb e r 1 9 9 0 ( o r l a t e r ) , Outgassing Data for Selecting Spacecraft Materials, or to Section 10, p a r a g r a p h 1 0 . 6 . 1 , p a g e 9 5 o f t h i s ma n u a l , O u t g a s s i n g o f S p a c e c r a f t Materials. h . S p e c i f y t h e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f p a r t s . T o ma i n t a i n t r a c e a b i l i t y , a l l p a r t s s h o u l d b e i d e n t i f i e d b y i n k s t a mp i n g w i t h t he G S F C d r a w i n g n u mb e r , r a t h e r t h a n b y bagging and tagging. Use only low-outgassing ink (specify original source) a n d d o n o t o v e r c o a t . D o n o t s t e e l s ta mp e n g r a v e , o r e t c h o n f l i g h t h a r d w a r e t o p r e v e n t ma t e r i a l s t r e s s c o n c e n t r a t i o n s. I d e n t i c a l p a r t s w i t h d i f f e r e n t u s e s should be serialized. i. Specify the original manufacturer source of supply and complete address. L i s t t h e o r i g i n a l s o u r c e a n d c o mp l e t e a d d r e s s i n t h e G e n e r a l N o t e s , a n d f l a g them to the List of Material or Parts List. S p e c i f y r e g a r d l e s s o f f e a t u r e s i ze w h e n a p p l y i n g t o f i x e d l o c a t i o n s . Positional tolerance should be specified as Regardless of Feature Size when applying to thread inserts, tapped hole locations, and slip fit designs.

j.

k . S p e c i f y l o o s e t o l e r a n c e s w h e r e p o s s i b l e . T h e u s e o f t h e t r u e p o s i t i o n me t h o d o f d i me n s i o n i n g s h o u l d n o t b e mis t a k e n f o r a t i g h t e r t o l e r a n c i n g c o n t r o l s y s t e m. T r u e p o s i t i o n t o l e r a n c i n g c a n b e a s l o o s e a s t h e a p p l i c a t i o n s h a l l a l l o w . L o o s e t o l e r a n c e s ma k e i n s p e c t i o n e a s i e r a n d a l l o w f e w e r r e j e c t e d parts. l. Specify radii and chamfers. Edge radii, in-plane corner radii, and protrusion c h a mf e r s mu s t b e s p e c i f i e d t o s p a c e f l ig h t s t a n d a r d s i z e r e q u i r e me n t s . R e f e r t o J o h n s o n S p a c e C e n t e r d o c u me n t N S T S 0 7 7 0 0 , V o l u me X I V , A p p e n d i x 9 , System Description and Design Data Intervehicular Activities, Section 5.5, C r e w E q u i p me n t S a f e t y , f o r s i z e r e q u i r e me n t s . S p e c i f y r a d i i a t t h e b o t t o m of counterbores to prevent sharp corners, which could develop into stress cracks, particularly on flight parts.

m. S p e c i f y i n t e r f e r e n c e r a n g e o n l y f o r p r e s s f i t s . O n l y t h e a mo u n t . 0 0 0 X t o . 0 0 0 X i n t e r f e r e n c e s h o u l d b e s t a te d n e x t t o t h e i t e m c a l l o u t . n . S p e c i f y a s f e w r e f e r e n c e d i m e n s i o n s a s p o s s i b l e . T o o ma n y r e f e r e n c e d i me n s i o n s ma k e c h e c k i n g , i n s p e c t i o n , a n d c o s t e s t i ma t i n g mo r e d i f f i c u l t . o . S p e c i f y p r o j e c t e d t o l e r a n c e zo n e d i m e n s i o n s w h e r e a p p l i c a b l e . A d d a p r o j e c t e d t o l e r a n c e z o n e d i me n s i o n t o t h e t r u e p o s i t i o n t o l e r a n c e w h e n specifying threaded inserts, tapped holes, or dowel pins. Refer to ANSI Y 1 4 . 5 M- 1 9 8 2 .

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

109

p . S p e c i f y f a s t e n e r t o r q u e r e q u i r e m e n t s . T h e s e r e q u i r e me n t s ma y r e f e r t o a p r o j e c t - d e v e l o p e d s p e c i f i c a t i o n n u mb e r , o r f a s t e n e r s i z e a n d t o r q u e r e q u i r e me n t s c a n b e t a b u l a t e d i n t h e G e n e r a l N o t e s a n d f l a g g e d t o i t e m c a l l outs in the field of the drawing. q. Avoid double fixations. A pattern of countersunk holes in one part and t a p p e d h o l e s i n t h e ma t i n g p a r t l e a v e s n o t o l e r a n c i n g f o r e i t h e r p a r t , r e s u l t i n g i n b e n d i n g s t r e s s e s i n t h e s c r e w . I f t he s i t u a t i o n s h a l l a l l o w , c o u n t e r b o r e o n e of the parts and use a pan head screw. If not, drill out the second part and use a n u t i n p l a c e o f t a p p e d h o l e s . M a t c h ed d r i l l i n g s h o u l d b e a v o i d e d b e c a u s e o f loss of interchangeability. r. Avoid severe galling between like materials. To avoid severe galling in CRES-to-CRES fastener applications, consider the following possibilities: Use of phosphor bronze inserts. U s e o f d r y f i l m l u b r i c a n t p e r M I L - G - 4 6 0 1 0 , L u b r i c a n t , S o l i d F i l m, H e a t Cured, Corrosion Inhibiting (for CRES inserts and nuts). Use of black oxide coating per MIL-C-13924 (for bolts and screws). s. Avoid the use of internal, external, or split-ring lock washers. These types of washers are not used on aerospace flight projects for several reasons; the w o r s t i s p o s s i b l e p a r t i c u l a t e c o n t a mi n a t i o n . Avoid using silver-plated hardware around electronic applications. This c a n c a u s e c o n t a mi n a t i o n p a r t i c l e s . H o w e v e r , i t i s a c c e p t a b l e f o r a l l o t h e r applications.

t.

u. Design a part so it can be made with the least amount of machine setups possible.

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

110

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

INDEX
F o r a n a l p h a b e t i c a l ( n u me r i c a l ) l i s t i n g o f t he S t a n d a r d s a n d S p e c i f i c a t i o n s l i s t e d i n t h i s ma n u a l , s e e S e c t i o n 1 0 . 9 , p a g e 1 0 1 .

A Abbreviations ............................... 11, 12 AFBMA ............................................. 12 AGMA .............................................. 12 AGMA standard quality....................... 16 Altered parts ................ see PartsVendor Altered vendor part drawings ................... ...................................... see Drawings ANSI ................................................ 12 Archiving .......................................... 80 ASME ............................................... 12 A s s e mb l y d r a w i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e e D r a w i n g s Associated lists .................................. 80 ASTM ............................................... 13 AWS ............................................ 13, 92 B B a s i c d i me n s i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e e D i me n s i o n i n g T r u e p o s i t i o n Brazing ............................................. 18 C C A D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e e C o mp u t e r - a i d e d d e s i g n CAD-produced drawings ...... see Drawings Certification logs ............................... 80 C h a mf e r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 5 Coating Notes .......................... see Notes C o mp o s i t e ma t e r i a l d r a w i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 6 C o mp u t e r - a i d e d d e s i g n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 , 8 0 . . . . s e e a l s o DrawingsComputer-aided design Data files Media .......................................... 81 Presentation of data ......................... 80 Specification data ............................ 81 C o mp u t e r - g e n e r a t e d d a t a Presentation of ................................ 80 C o n f i g u r a t i o n ma n ag e me n t o f f i c e r . . . . . . . . 5 8 C o n f i g u r a t i o n ma n a g e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 8 , 8 0 Contractor design activity drawings.......... ...................................... see Drawings C o n v e r s i o n o f d i me n s i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 6 C r o s s - h a t c h i n g s y mb o l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5

D Datum ..................................... 30, 45, 82 I mp l i e d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 4 Design references ................................ 82 D e s i g n r e v i e w D o s a n d D o n 't s . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 4 Design Selection Guide ........................ 14 Detail drawings ................... see Drawings Details ............................................... 37 Identification ................................... 37 Locating .......................................... 38 D i a g r a ms Electrical and electronic ................... 43 D i me n s i o n n o t e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e e N o t e s D i me n s i o n a l t o l e r a n c e n o t e s . . . . . . . s e e N o t e s D i me n s i o n i n g M e t r i c . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e e Me t r i c d i me n s i o n i n g S t a t e me n t s o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 2 True position .................... 82, 104, 105 D i me n s i o n i n g a n d t o l e r a n c i n g . . 8 2 , 8 4 , 1 0 4 Metric ............................................. 83 Practices ......................................... 82 D i me n s i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 15, 16, 24, 25, 28, 55, 82, 84, 88, 104 Conversion of .................................. 86 Projected tolerance zone ................. 106 Reference ...................................... 105 D o c u me n t a t i o n ma n a g e me n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 9 Double fixations ............................... 106 Drafting practices ............................... 25 D r a w i n g e l e me n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Drawing flow chart............ see Flow chart D r a w i n g f o r ma t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Drawing Interchange File ..................... 81 Drawing notes ...........................see Notes D r a w i n g n u mb e r . . . . . . . . . . 1 , 7 , 1 0 , 4 1 , 5 8 , 6 0 Source control ................................. 53 Specification control ........................ 54 Drawing revisions ............... see Revisions Drawing sizes ...................................... 3 Drawing title ...................................... 11 Drawing tree ....................................... 42 Drawings Archiving ........................................ 80 A s s e mb l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0 , 5 3 , 5 4 CAD-produced .................................. 8 C o mp u t e r - a i d e d d e s i g n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 0

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

111

Developing and using .................... 81 Revisions ..................................... 80 Contractor design activity .................. 1 Detail ............................................. 41 Electrical/Electronic ........................ 43 Engineering .................... 1, 16, 58, 104 F o r ma t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 G o v e r n me n t D e s i g n A c t i v i t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 I n s e p a r a b l e a s s e mb l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 I n s t a l l a t i o n a s s e mb l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5 , 5 3 , 5 4 Interface control ......................... 46, 47 Manufacturing ................................. 54 Matched-set .................................... 48 M e c h a n i c a l s c h e ma t i c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 9 Modification ................................... 50 Monodetail ..................................... 44 Multidetail ...................................... 41 Multisheet .................... 3, 4, 15, 38, 65 Notes ................................... see Notes N u mb e r i n g s y s t e m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 8 One view ........................................ 25 Outline .................................50, 51, 54 Pencil............................................. 33 Positioning ..................................... 33 Redrawn or replaced ........................ 67 Scale .............................................. 32 Source control ............................ 52, 53 Specification control ..............52, 53, 54 Standard part .................................. 54 Tabulated ....................................... 54 Three view ...................................... 25 Tooling ................................8, 55, 104 Two view ........................................ 25 Types of ......................................... 39 Vendor part Altered ........................................ 39 Selected ....................................... 39 Zoned .......................................... 4, 38 DXF ............ see Drawing Interchange File E E l e c t r i c a l a n d e l e c tr o n i c d i a g r a ms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e e D i a g r a ms E l e c t r i c a l a n d e l e c tr o n i c s y mb o l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e e S y mb o l s Electrical/electronic drawings .................. ...................................... see Drawings Engineering drawings .......... see Drawings Engineering order .......................... 62, 64 APPROVED .................................... 63 Archiving ....................................... 80 DESCRIPTION ................................ 63 Disposition ..................................... 63 DRAWING...................................... 62

EFFECTIVE SERIAL ........................ 63 EO NO. ........................................... 63 F o r ma t s a mp l e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 2 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e me n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 2 INITIATED ..................................... 63 ISSUED BY ..................................... 63 NEXT ASSEMBLY ........................... 62 N u mb e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 4 PARTS IN PROCESS ........................... .... see Engineering orderDisposition PROGRAM ...................................... 62 REASON ......................................... 62 REV ................................................ 62 REVIEWED ..................................... 63 S H E E T ___O F ___ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3 TITLE ............................................. 62 TYPE OF EO ................................... 63 USED ON ........................................ 62 Engineering parts list ........... see Parts list EO ......................... see Engineering order EPL ................ see Parts listEngineering F Fastener torque ................................. 106 Federal Cataloging Program ................. 54 F e d e r a l I t e m I d e n t i f i c a t i o n N u mb e r . . . . . . . 5 4 Federal standards and specifications ...... 93 FIIN ..................................................... . s e e F e d e r a l I t e m I d e n t i f i c a t i o n N u mb e r F i n d n u mb e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 A p p l i c a t i o n a n d l i mi t a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 6 Definition ........................................ 76 D r a w i n g r e q u i r e me n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 7 System of identification .................... 76 F i n d o r I t e m n u mb e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e e e i t h e r F i n d n u mb e r o r I t e m n u mb e r F i n d o r i t e m n u mb e r i n g . . . . . . s e e N u mb e r i n g Flow chart For drawings .................................... 79 G Galling ............................................ 106 G o v e r n me n t D e s i g n A c t i v i t y D r a w i n g s . . . . . ...................................... see Drawings H Heat treating notes ....................see Notes I IEEE .................................................. 13 IGES.....................................................

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

112

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

............................. see Initial Graphics ........................ Exchange Specification IL ...................................... see Index list Index list ........................................... 68 Continuation sheet ........................... 75 Entries ........................................ 74 F o r ma t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 4 Cover sheet ..................................... 69 Entries ................................... 69, 70 F o r ma t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 Definitions ..................................... 68 R e q u i r e me n t s A d d i n g i t e ms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 D e l e t i n g i t e ms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 L i s t f o r ma t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 List preparation ............................ 68 Revision identification .................. 69 Industrial standards and specifications.. 95 I n f o r ma t i o n M a n a g eme n t D i v i s i o n . . . . . . . . 5 8 I n f o r ma t i o n a l n o t e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e e N o t e s Initial Graphics Exchange Specification 81 Ink lines ................................... see Lines I n s e p a r a b l e a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...................................... see Drawings Inseparable parts ....................... see Parts Inside rounding ...................................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e e Me t r i c d i me n s i o n i n g ........................... RoundingPrecision Inspection notes ....................... see Notes I n s t a l l a t i o n a s s e mb l y d r a w i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...................................... see Drawings Interface control drawings .... see Drawings Interference range ............................. 105 International System of Units .................. ..................................................... 83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e e a l s o 'S I ' a n d 'Me t r i c ' Introduction ......................................... 1 ISO ................................................... 13 I t e m n u mb e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 A p p l i c a t i o n a n d l i mi t a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 6 Definition ....................................... 76 D r a w i n g r e q u i r e me n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 7 System of identification ................... 76 I t e m n u mb e r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e e N u mb e r i n g J J roll size ............................................ 3 J o i n i n g me t h o d n o t e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e e N o t e s L Lay (of a surface) ............................... 90 L e t t e r i n g a n d N u me r a l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 Heights........................................... 32

Style ............................................... 31 Library Services Branch ....................... 58 Lines ................................................. 25 Conventions ............................... 26, 27 Ink ................................................. 25 Pencil ............................................. 27 Plotted ............................................ 25 Types ........................................ 26, 27 Break ........................................... 28 Center .......................................... 27 Cutting-plane ................................ 30 Datum .......................................... 30 D i me n s i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 8 Extension ..................................... 30 Hidden ......................................... 30 Leaders ........................................ 28 Outlines ....................................... 30 Phantom ....................................... 29 Sectioning .................................... 29 Stitch ........................................... 30 Viewing-plane ............................... 30 Visible ......................................... 30 List of Material ......................... 8, 10, 14 Entries ............................................ 78 F o r ma t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 8 , 1 0 4 R e q u i r e me n t s i n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 LM ........................... see List of Material Local character notes .................see Notes Lock washers .................................... 106 L o w - o u t g a s s i n g ma t e r i a l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 5 M Matched-set drawings .......... see Drawings Material Conventions ..................................... 35 Low-outgassing .............................. 105 Outgassing....................................... 93 Mechanical Engineering Branch ............ 58 M e c h a n i c a l s c h e ma t i c d i a g r a m d r a w i n g s . . . ...................................... see Drawings Metric .................................... see also SI Me t r i c d i me n s i o n i n g Ro u n d in g B a s i c d i me n s i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 7 General rules ................................ 86 Precision ................................ 88, 89 T o l e r a n c e d d i me n s i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 8 Unit conversions .............................. 86 Metric system ..................................... 83 Military standards and specifications..... 96 Modification drawings ......... see Drawings Multisheet drawings ............ see Drawings

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

113

N NAS .................................................. 13 NASA standards and specifications ...... 98 National Bureau of Standards index ...... 93 NEMA ............................................... 13 N o me n c l a t u r e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Notes ................................................ 25 Coating .......................................... 18 D i me n s i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 D i me n s i o n a l t o l e r a n c e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 4 E x a mp l e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 General .......................................... 15 Heat treating ................................... 17 I n f o r ma t i o n a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3 Inspection ....................................... 20 J o i n i n g me t h o d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 Local character .......................... 15, 23 Location ......................................... 15 Miscellaneous ................................. 21 N u mb e r i n g o f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 Plating ........................................... 18 Surface preparation.......................... 19 Testing ........................................... 20 Threaded inserts Cleaning and installation ............... 21 Warning note .................................. 15 NSA .................................................. 13 NTIS ................................................. 93 N u mb e r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 8 Find ............................................... 60 Item ............................................... 60 Parts .............................................. 59 N u mb e r i n g o f n o t e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e e N o t e s O Order of precedence...... see Specifications Orthographic projection ...................... 25 Outgassing L o w - o u t g a s s i n g ma t e r i a l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 5 O f s p a c e c r a f t ma t e r i a l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 3 Outline drawings ................. see Drawings Outlines Invisible ......................................... 34 Visible ........................................... 34 P P a r t n u mb e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2 , 5 9 Part Positioning ............... see Positioning Parts D i me n s i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 4 Identification of ............................. 105 Inseparable ..................................... 41

N u mb e r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 9 Separable ........................................ 40 Vendor ................................. 52, 53, 59 Altered ................................... 39, 59 Selected ................................. 39, 59 W e l d me n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 4 Parts list ...................................... 14, 68 Continuation sheet ............................ 73 Entries ......................................... 72 F o r ma t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 2 S u p p l e me n t a r y h e a d i n g l i s t . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 3 Cover sheet Entries ................................... 69, 70 F o r ma t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 Definitions ...................................... 68 Engineering .......................... 59, 60, 80 Preferred ......................................... 14 R e q u i r e me n t s A d d i n g i t e ms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 D e l e t i n g i t e ms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 L i s t f o r ma t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 List preparation ............................. 68 Revision identification ................... 69 Pencil drawings .................. see Drawings Pencil lines .............................. see Lines Picturization ....................................... 33 PL ...................................... see Parts list Plating notes.............................see Notes Plotted lines ............................. see Lines Positioning ................................... 33, 35 Precision rounding ................................. . . . . . . s e e Me t r i c d i me n s i o n i n g R o u n d i n g Press fits .......................................... 105 Projected tolerance zone .................... 106 Projected views ........................ see Views R Radii ............................................... 105 Regardless of Feature Size ................. 105 Revision block ............................ 4, 9, 65 APPROVAL ...................................... 9 DATE .............................................. 9 DESCRIPTION.................................. 9 S a mp l e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 , 6 6 SYM ................................................ 9 ZONE .............................................. 9 Revisions ........................................... 65 Identification ................................... 65 Methods .......................................... 65 Multisheet drawings ......................... 65 Recording ........................................ 65 Redrawn or replaced drawings ........... 67 Rotated views .......................... see Views Rounding ........................................... 86

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

114

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

R o u n d i n g : . . . . s e e a l s o Me t r i c d i me n s i o n i n g S SAE .................................................. 13 Scale ................................................. 32 Sections ............................................ 34 Identification .................................. 37 Locating ......................................... 38 Security classification ................... 10, 15 Selected parts .............. see PartsVendor S e l e c t e d v e n d o r p ar t d r a w i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...................................... see Drawings Separable parts ......................... see Parts S h e e t n u mb e r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SI ... see also International System of Units U n i t s a n d s y mb o l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 3 Silver-plated hardware ....................... 106 Soldering...................................... 18, 89 Source control drawings ....... see Drawings Space Transportation System ............... 20 Specification callouts ......................... 24 S p e c i f i c a t i o n c o n tr o l d r a w i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...................................... see Drawings Specifications .................................... 82 Order of precedence ......................... 60 Subsequent changes ......................... 24 Thread....................................... 91, 92 Specifications index ............................... .. see Standards and specifications index Standard part drawing .......... see Drawings Standards .......................................... 82 Order of precedence ......................... 60 S t a n d a r d s a n d s p e c i f ic a t i o n s i n d e x . . . . . . . 9 3 Federal ........................................... 93 Industrial........................................ 95 Military .......................................... 96 NASA ............................................ 98 National Bureau of Standards ............ 93 S t a n d a r d s a n d s p e c i f i c a t i o n s n u me r i c a l index .............................................. 98 STS ....... see Space Transportation System S u p p o r t i n g d o c u me n t a t i o n N u mb e r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 8 Surface preparation notes .......... see Notes Surface roughness Control of ....................................... 90 Surface texture ................................... 90 Standards........................................ 90 S y mb o l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 0 S y mb o l s Cross-hatching ................................ 35 Electrical/Electronic ........................ 43 Welding.......................................... 92 W ir i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3

T Tabulated drawings ............. see Drawings T e mp l a t e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5 , 8 2 , 1 0 4 Testing notes ............................see Notes Third-angle orthographic projection ...... 25 Thread specifications ..................... 91, 92 Threaded insertsCleaning and installation notes ....................see Notes Title block ............................ 4, 9, 32, 33 APPROVED ...................................... 7 CHECKED ........................................ 7 CODE .............................................. 7 DATE .............................................. 7 DESCRIPTION.................................. 9 DESIGNER ....................................... 7 Drawing No. ..................................... 7 DRAWN ........................................... 7 EXAMINATION ................................ 8 FLIGHT HARDWARE ........................ 8 HARDNESS TESTING ....................... 8 ITEM NO. ........................................ 8 MATERIAL ...................................... 9 MATERIAL SPEC. ............................ 9 METRIC ........................................... 8 NEXT ASSY ..................................... 8 PART NO. ........................................ 8 REQD .............................................. 8 S a mp l e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 SCALE ............................................. 7 S H ___O F ___ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Software used ................................... 8 TITLE .............................................. 7 USED ON ......................................... 7 WT .................................................. 7 Tolerance Block Metric ............................................. 86 Tolerances .................. 24, 82, 84, 88, 104 Loose ............................................ 105 Metric ............................................. 86 Tolerancing True position ................................. 105 Tooling drawings ................ see Drawings Tooling fixtures .................................. 55 Transported views .................... see Views T r u e p o s i t i o n d i me n s i o n i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e e D i me n s i o n i n g U U n i t n u mb e r p r i n c i p l e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 8 U n i t r o u n d i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e e Ro u n d i n g

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

115

V Vapor degreasing ............................... 20 Vendor part .............................. see Parts Vendor part drawings ........... see Drawings Views .......................................... 25, 36 Identification .................................. 37 Locating ......................................... 38 Projected ........................................ 36 Rotated........................................... 36 Sectional ........................................ 34 Designation .................................. 35 Positioning .................................. 35 Transported .................................... 36 W Waviness (of a surface) ....................... 90 Welding ............................................ 18 General .......................................... 92 Notes ............................................. 18 Specification callouts....................... 92 S y mb o l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e e a l s o S y mb o l s Location significance .................... 92 W e l d me n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 , 1 0 4 W ir i n g s y mb o l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s e e S y mb o l s Z Zoning ........................................... 4, 10

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

116

ENGINEERING DRAWING STANDARDS MANUAL

X-673-64-1F REV 001 DEC. 94

G O D D AR D S P AC E F L I G H T C E N T E R , G r e e n b e l t , M a r y l a n d

You might also like